ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ......

131
ELTC USL ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C.Railway. Exam: Technical (CRC) Time: 1.30 hrs. Total Marks: 30. Group A: Put tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu’kku yxk;s a ) Marks: 8. 1. If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by ;fn BLRDJ [kjkc gk s tk;s a rk s Mh-ts - dk s Dyk s t fd;k tk ldrk gS a a. BP2DJ b. Q44 c. Q118. 2. While working the train D.J. will open on different notches but while testing there is no tripping during first stage of testing then it is known as - xkMh dke djrs le; ;fn Mh-ts - fofHkUu uk W a p ij vk s iu gk s rkk gS a ,oa Vs LVh a x ds nk S jku QLV LVs t es a dk s bZ fVz ~ fia x ugh a vkrh gS a bls - a. Operation B b. TWAC c. Operation B 3. Over current in the circuit of Air Dryer will cause (Air Dryer ds lfdZ V es a vk s oj dja V gk s us ij gk s xk ) a. CCLSA will melt (CCLSA es YV gk s xk ) b. CCLS will melt (CCLS es YVgk s xk ) c. None of the above (mijk s Dr es a ls dk s bZ ugh a ) 4. If the compressed air pressure of SMGR is 2 Kg/cm2 then it will cause (SMGR dk da Eiz s lM,vjiz s ’kj 2kg/cm2 gk s tk;s a rk s ;g dkj.k gk s xk ) a. ICDJ b. Operation 1 c. TLTE 5. WAG7 Loco continuous current ratting is - WAG 5 Loco yxkrkj dja V js Vh a x gk s rh gS a a. 900 Amps and 750Volt b. 750 Amps and 650 volt c. 600 Amps and 325 Volt 6.Without closing any BL switches if CCA repeatedly melt even after keeping HOBA in OFF condition then what trouble shooting will you perform –( cxS j dk s bZ ch-,y- Lohp Dyk s t fd;s ;fn lh-lh-,- Q;w t yxkrkj es YV gk s rk gS a ] HOBA dk s vkQ djus ds mijk W a r rk s vki D;k Vz ~ cy k q fVa x djs a xs ) a. Renew CCA and wedge Q100 in deenergise condition and wedge require no. of contactors (CCA dk s u;k yxkdj Q100 dk s fM,ujtkbZ t voLFkk es a os t djds fu?kk Z fjr ek=k es a dk W a Vs DVj dk s os t dj ns a xs ) b. Wedge C105,C106,C107 only and work the train.( C105,C106,C107 dk s os t djds xkMh dke djs a xs ) c. None of the above (mijk s Dr es a ls dk s bZ ugh a ) 7. In case of slipped pinion, after isolating the Traction Motor, Loco Pilot should (LyhIM fifu;u gk s us ij Vz ~ s D’ku ek s Vj dk s vkbZ lk s ys V djus ds ckn yk s dk s ik;yV dk s djuk pkfg;a s ) a. Only clear the Block Section ( ds oy Cykd ls D’ku Dyh;j djs a xs ) b. Demand relief loco ( lgk;rk yk s dk s fd ek a x djs a xs a s ) c. None of the above (mijk s Dr es a ls dk s bZ ugh a ) 8. When MPS kept on 3 rd position than (MPS dk s 3 ij j[kus ls ) c. S13, S23, S33, S43, S53, S63 will close (Dyk s t gk a s xs )

Transcript of ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ......

Page 1: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE.USLAPUR. S.E.C.Railway.

Exam: Technical (CRC) Time: 1.30 hrs. Total Marks: 30.

Group A: Put tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu’kku yxk;sa) Marks: 8.

1. If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ [kjkc gks tk;s arks Mh-ts- dks Dykst fd;k tk ldrk gSa

a. BP2DJ b. Q44 c. Q118.

2. While working the train D.J. will open on different notches but while testing there is no tripping during firststage of testing then it is known as - xkMh dke djrs le; ;fn Mh-ts- fofHkUu ukWap ij vksiu gksrkk gSa ,oa VsLVhax ds nkSjku QLV LVst esa dksbZ fVz~fiax ugha vkrh gSabls -

a. Operation B b. TWAC c. Operation B

3. Over current in the circuit of Air Dryer will cause (Air Dryer ds lfdZV esa vksoj djaV gksus ij gksxk) a. CCLSA will melt (CCLSA esYV gksxk) b. CCLS will melt (CCLS esYVgksxk) c. None of the above (mijksDr esa ls dksbZ ugha)

4. If the compressed air pressure of SMGR is 2 Kg/cm2 then it will cause (SMGR dk daEizslM,vjizs’kj 2kg/cm2 gks tk;s arks ;g dkj.k gksxk) a. ICDJ b. Operation 1 c. TLTE

5. WAG7 Loco continuous current ratting is - WAG 5 Loco yxkrkj djaV jsVhax gksrh gSaa. 900 Amps and 750Volt b. 750 Amps and 650 volt c. 600 Amps and 325 Volt

6.Without closing any BL switches if CCA repeatedly melt even after keeping HOBA in OFF conditionthen what trouble shooting will you perform –( cxSj dksbZ ch-,y- Lohp Dykst fd;s ;fn lh-lh-,- Q;wt yxkrkj esYVgksrk gSa ] HOBA dks vkQ djus ds mijkWar rks vki D;k Vz~cy ‘kqfVax djsaxs )a. Renew CCA and wedge Q100 in deenergise condition and wedge require no. of contactors (CCA dksu;k yxkdj Q100 dks fM,ujtkbZt voLFkk esa ost djds fu?kkZfjr ek=k esa dkWaVsDVj dks ost dj nsaxs)

b. Wedge C105,C106,C107 only and work the train.( C105,C106,C107 dks ost djds xkMhdke djsaxs )c. None of the above (mijksDr esa ls dksbZ ugha)

7. In case of slipped pinion, after isolating the Traction Motor, Loco Pilot should (LyhIM fifu;u gksus ij Vz~sD’kueksVj dks vkbZlksysV djus ds ckn yksdks ik;yV dks djuk pkfg;as)a. Only clear the Block Section ( dsoy Cykd lsD’ku Dyh;j djsaxs )b. Demand relief loco ( lgk;rk yksdks fd ekax djsaxsas )c. None of the above (mijksDr esa ls dksbZ ugha)

8. When MPS kept on 3rd position than (MPS dks 3 ij j[kus ls)c. S13, S23, S33, S43, S53, S63 will close (Dykst gkasxs)

Page 2: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

b. S12, S22, S32, S42, S52, S62 will close (Dykst gkasxs) –c. S11, S21, S31, S41, S51, S61 will close (Dykst gksaxs)

- 2 -Group B: Fill up the blanks (fjDr LFkku dh iqfrZ fdft;s) Marks: 7.

1. CCLS melts on 10th notch LP will get-------------------------------------------------------------------10 ukp ij CCLS Q;wt esaYV gksus yksdks ik;yV dks feysxk -------------------------------------------------------

2. If the rear cab BL is not properly locked then while working the Loco from the other cab Loco pilot will get -----------------------------------------------------------------------------;fn fiNs dSc dk BL lgh rjhds ls ykWad ugha fd;k x;k rks nqljs dSc ls yksdks dks dk;Z djrs le; yksdks ik;yV dks feysxk ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. If MVSL1 not working in Operation B while clearing block section current ratting will be -------------- Amps. ;fn MVSL1 vkijs’ku ch esa dk;Z ugha djrk rksa Cykd lsD’ku Dyh;j djrs le; djaV jsVhax gksxk ------------------------ ,Eil

4. When MR becomes ---------------------------------- Kg/cm2 then Q119 will energise. tc MR -------------------------------------- Kg/cm2 gks tkrk gSa rks Q119 ,ujtkbZt gksxk A

5. If -------------------------------------------------------------- fuse will met then QRS will not energise.

------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Q;wt esaYV gksus ij QRS ,ujtkbZt ugha gksrhgSa A

6. If Q30 interlock beomes defective on Q44 branch then DJ will open in OP --------------------------;fn Q30 dk baVjykWad D;w 44 ds ckzap ij [kjkc gks tkrk gS rks Mh-ts- vksiu gksxk

-------------------------------------------------------------------------

7. If short circuiting will take place in L2 then ------------------- fuse will melt. L2 eaas ‘kkVZ lfdZV gksus ij ------------------------------------------------ Q;wt esYV gksxk A

Group C: Write the answers of the following questions 15 Marks. fuEufyf[kr iz’uks ds mRrj fyf[k;s

1. What is the function of C3W Distributor valve? Where it is provided? If it becomes defective than whattrouble shooting will you perform? C3W Distributor valve dk D;k dke gSa A ;g dgkWa yxk gSa \ ;fn ;g [kjkc gks tk;s arks vki D;k Vz~cy ‘kqVhax djsaxs \

Page 3: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

2. What is TLTE? What trouble shooting will you perform when GR not progressing at all? Vh ,yVh bZ D;k gS? Tkc th-vkj- izksxzsl ugha gksark rc vki D;k Vz~cy ‘’kqfVax djsaxs\

3. What is QOP1? If QOP1 will drop then what trouble shooting will you perform? QOP 1 D;k gS \ ;fn QOP1 Mz~ki gksrk gS rks vki D;k Vz~cy ‘’kqfVax djsaxs \

*************************

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE.USLAPUR. S.E.C.Railway.

Exam: SWR (CRC10) Time: 1.30 hrs. Total Marks: 30.

Group A: Put tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu’kku yxk;sa) Marks: 7.

1. Station Limits means (LVs’ku fyfeV dk vfHkizk;) a. The portion of the railway which is directly control of the station master. ;g jsYos dk fgLlk gSa tks lh/ks LVs’ku ekLVj ds fu;a=.k esa gksrk gSa b. means the portion of the Station Section (;g LVs’ku lsD’ku dk fgLlk gSa) c. Adequate distance (i;kZIr nwjh)

2. When Distant signal of an Intermediate Block Post is defective and can not be kept in the “ON” positionthen (tc vkbZ-ch- dk fMLVaV flxuy [kjkc gks tkrk gSa rc)a. IB will treated as working (vkbZ-ch-flxuy dks dk;Zjr ekusxs)b. IB will treated as defective (vkbZ-ch-flxuy dks [kjkc ekusax)c. None (dksbZ ugha)

3. The level crossing gate which will remain close for 24 hours and will open according to the requirement isknown as (ysoy dzkflax xsV tks 24 ?kaUVs can jgrk gS ,oa vko”;drk iMus ij [kksyk tkrk gSa mls dgrs gS

a. A class level crossing gate b. B class level crossing gate c. C class level corssing gate

4. In case of temporary single line working introduce in double line section than Loco Pilot will get McyykbZu ds lsD’ku esa flaxy ykbZu ofdZax ykxw gksus ij yksdks ik;yV dks vFkkfjfV nh tk;sxh

Page 4: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

a. T/D 602 b. T/A 602 c.None

5. Double distant signalling section in Double line section station limit will be (Mcy fMLVaV okys flaxufyax lsD’kuesa Mcy ykbZu ds lsD’ku esa LVs’ku fyfeV gksrh gSaa. From outer most distant signal to last stop signals. Lkcls ckgjh fMLVaV flxuy ls ykLV LVki flxuy rd A

b. From inner distant signal to last stop signal in both the lines. buj fMLVV flxuy ls vafre jksd flxuy rd nksuks ykbZuks esa A

c. From home signal to Advance starter (gkse flxuy ls ,Moakl LVkZVj rd)

6. Normally not more than ------No. of persons other than the Engine Crew shall be permitted to travel inthe cab (lkekU;voLFkk esa bathu dsc esa batu dehZ ny ds vykok fdrus O;fDr ;k=k dj ldrs gSa

lkekU;voLFkk esa bathu dsc esa batu dehZ ny ds vykok fdrus O;fDr ;k=k dj ldrs gSa) a. 3 Persons b. 4 Persons c. None

7. The speed restriction which will imposed for the short time is known asLihM fjLVz~hd’ku tks FkksMs le; ds fy;as ykxw fd;k tkrk gS mls dgrs gSa

a. Parmanent Engg. Speed Restriction. (ijeusaUV bthfu;fjax LihM fjLVz~hd’ku)b. Semipermanent Engg. Speed Restriction. (lseh ijeusaUV bthfu;fjax LihM fjLVz~hd’ku)c. Temporary Engg. Speed Restriction. (VsEijjh bthfu;fjax LihM fjLVz~hd’ku)

- 2 -Group B: Fill up the blanks (fjDr LFkku Hkfj;s) Marks: 8.

1. CWR means …………………………………………………………………………………CWR dk foLrkfjr :i-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2. Whistle code for protect the train in rear ……………………………………………………xkM+h ds ihNs lqj{kk djus dk fofly dksM D;k gS----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. Normal aspect of Routing Home signal is ………………………………………………….:fVax gkse flaXuy dk ukeZy ,LisDV gS--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4. Minimum distance between Home signal & Distant signal shall be ……………mts.gkse flaXuy ,oa fMLVsaV flaXuy dh de ls de nwjh ------------------------------------------------------------------- ehVj gSA+++

5. Indication of Attention aspect is ……………………………………………………………..Lko/kku flaXuy dk funsZ”k D;k gS-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Page 5: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

6. New authority form of Conditional Line Clear ticket for DN train is ………………………daMh”kuy ykbZu fVfdV Mkmu xkM+h ds fy, u;s vWFkkfjVh QkeZ D;k gS------------------------------------------------------------------------------

7. As per GR 4.12 the speed of the train shall be …………………… kmph.GR 4.12 ds vuqlkj xkM+h dh xfr fdruh gksuh pkfg, -------------------------------------------------- fd-eh-

8. Minimum equipment of signals in MOMA C Class stations are ------------------------------------MOMA C Dykl LVs”ku esa U;wure midj.k---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Group C: Write the ansers of the following questions (fuEufyf[kr iz’uks ds mRrj fyf[k;sa) Marks:15.

1. In how many situations authority T/369 (3b) will be given to the loco pilot? T/369 (3b) ;g vWFkkfjVh fdu ifjfLFkfr;ksa esa nh tkrh gS\

2. As per GR 3.78, what are the duties of engine crew?GR 3.78 ds vuqlkj baftu pkyd ny dk drZO; D;k gS\

3. In how many situations three detonators are used, write in details?3 MsVksusVj dk mi;ksx fdu ifjLFkfr;ksa esa gksrk gS foLrkj esa fyf[k;s\

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE.USLAPUR. S.E.C.Railway.

Exam: Tech (ACRC) Time: 1.30 hrs. Total Marks: 30.

Group A: Put tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu’kku yxk;sa) Marks: 8.

1. If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by

Page 6: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

;fn BLRDJ [kjkc gks tk;s arks Mh-ts- dks Dykst fd;k tk ldrk gSaa. BP2DJ b. Q44 c. Q118.

2. While working the train D.J. will open on different notches but while testing there is no tripping during firststage of testing then it is known as - xkMh dke djrs le; ;fn Mh-ts- fofHkUu ukWap ij vksiu gksrkk gSa ,oa VsLVhax ds nkSjku QLV LVst esa dksbZ fVz~fiax ugha vkrh gSabls -

a. Operation B b. TWAC c. Operation B

3. If the compressed air pressure of SMGR is 2 Kg/cm2 then it will cause (SMGR dk daEizslM,vjizs’kj 2kg/cm2 gks tk;s arks ;g dkj.k gksxk) a. ICDJ b. Operation 1 c. None of the above (mijksDr esa ls dksbZ ugha)

4. WAG7 Loco continuous current ratting is - WAG 7 Loco yxkrkj djaV jsVhax gksrh gSaa. 900 Amps and 750Volt b. 750 Amps and 650 volt c. 600 Amps and 325 Volt

5. In Modified WAG5 Loco QD 2 is connected in betweenModified WAG5 Loco esa QD 2 yxh gSa

a. TM 5&6 a. TM4&5 c.TM 4&6

6. While grounding the loco when HOM handle keep from the Normal position to Earth position actiontake place in the loco are – tc yksdks dks xzkmaM fd;k tkrk gS ,oa HOM gS.My dks ukeZy iksth’ku ls vFkZ iksth’ku easa j[kk tkrk rks yksdks esa dk;Zokgh gksrhgSa _a. Air pressure supply towards the panto servo motor will stop (isUVks loksZ eksVj esa gok dk izs’kj tkuk can gks tkrkgS)b. Pressure all ready enter in the panto pipe line will exhaust through the vent hole of BV Box(isUVks ikbZi ykbZu esa igys ls x;k gqvk gOkk dks izs’kj B V Box ds osUV gksy ls fudy tk;sxk)c. Main transformer and roof equipments will ground and fichet keys become free (esu Vz~kalQkjej rFkk :Q esayxs midj.k xzkm.M gks tk;sxs ,oa fQpsV pkch fudkyh tk lds

7. RGEB2 is provided for - (RGEB2 yxk;k x;k gS) a. Air stock train b. Vac stock train c. None

8. Reverse High Voltage in RSI Block will cause (RSI CykWad esa fjoZl gkbZ okasYVst gksus ij gksxk)a. QRSI will drop (QRSI Mz~kWai gksxk)

b. LSRSI will glow (LSRSI dh cRrh tyus yxsxh) c. DJ will trip in operation “1” (Mh-ts- vkijs’ku 1 esa [kqy tk;sxk)

- 2 –

Page 7: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

Group B: Fill up the blanks (fjDr LFkku Hkfj;s) Marks: 7.

1. During RB more than 1 Kg/cm2 pressure goes to B/cylinder; RB will cut off through --------------vkj-chds le; ;fn 1Kg/cm2 ls vf/kd izs’kj tkrk gSa rks vkj-ch- dV vkWaQ gksrk gS]-----------------------------------}kjk

2. If Q30 interlock beomes defective on Q44 branch then DJ will open in OP --------------------------;fn Q30 dk baVjykWad D;w 44 ds ckzap ij [kjkc gks tkrk gS rks Mh-ts- vksiu gksxk

-------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. If LSBCR is glowing then it indicates to the Loco pilot that -------------------------------------------;fn LSBCR tyrk gSa rks ;g pkyd dks lwfpr djrk gSa fd

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4. If -------------------------------------------------------------- fuse will met then QRS will not energise.

------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Q;wt esaYV gksus ij QRS ,ujtkbZt ugha gksrhgSa A

5. Switch to clear the accidental bonding on control circuit is -------------------------------------------daVz̀ksy lfdZV ls ,DlhMsUVy ckm.aMhax nwj djus okyk Lohp gSa

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

6. If MVSL1 not working in Operation B while clearing block section current ratting will be -------------- Amps. ;fn MVSL1 vkijs’ku ch esa dk;Z ugha djrk rksa Cykd lsD’ku Dyh;j djrs le; djaV jsVhax gksxk ------------------------ ,Eil

7. Location of MCP safty valves is at---------------------------------------------------------------------------- MCP ds lsQVh okYol fd yksds’ku gksrh gSa--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Group C: Write the ansers of the following questions. Marks: 15. fuEufyf[kr iz’uks ds mRrj fyf[k;sa 15 vad

1. What is ICDJ? What are the main probable causes for ICDJ? When Q118 relay will not energise thenwhat trouble shooting will you perform?ICDJ D;k gS \ ICDJ ds lHkh izeq[k laHkkfor dkj.kksa dks fyf[k;sa \ tc Q118 fjys ,ujtkbZt ugha gksxh rks vki D;k Vz~cy‘kqfVax djsaxs \

2. If baby compressor is working but RS pressure will not build up then what trouble shooting will youperform?;fn csch daEizslj dk;Z djrk gSa fdUrq vkj ,l esa izs’kj ugha curk rksa vki D;k Vz~cy ‘kqfVax djsaxs \

Page 8: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

3. What is the function of Mech VEF & Elec VEF? Where it is provided? If it becomes defective than whattrouble shooting will you perform? Mech VEF & Elec VEF dk D;k dke gSaA ;g dgkWa yxk gSa \;fn ;g [kjkc gks tk;s arks vki D;k Vz~cy ‘kqVhax djsaxs \

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE.USLAPUR. S.E.C.Railway.

Exam: Tech (CRC) Time: 1.30 hrs. Total Marks: 30.

Group A: Put tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu’kku yxk;sa) Marks: 9.

1. While working the train if C107 opens on 20th notches then Dr.will gets

xkMh dke djrs le; ;fn C107- 20 ukWap ij vksiu gksrkk gSa rks pkyd dks feysxk -a. Operation 2 b. Operation B c. TWAC

vkWaijs’ku 2 vkWaijs’ku ch Vh-MCyw-,-lh-

2. While working the train D.J opens on different notches but while testing there is no tripping during firststage of testing then it is known as (xkMh dke djrs le; ;fn Mh-ts- fofHkUu ukWap ij vksiu gksrkk gSa ,oa VsLVhax dsnkSjku QLV LVst esa dksbZ fVz~fiax ugha vkrh gSa bls)

a. Operation B b. TWAC c. Operation O

3. If GR is stuck up in between notch then DJ will open through (;fn th-vkj- fcVfou ukp esa Ql tk;s rks Mh-ts-vksiu gksxk )

a. Q118. b. Q45 c. Q44

4. Arno fails to pick up the full speed then loco pilot will get the tripping in (Arno ;fn Qqy LihM ugh fidvidjrk gSa rks yksdks ik;yV dks fVz~fiax feysxk )

a. Operation A b. Operation O c. Operation B

5. Q48 relay will energies when (Q48 fjys ,ujtkbZt gksxh ;fn) a. Q51 energies b. QD energies c. Q52 energies

6. RTPR feed supply for Head Light Dim (RTPR gsM ykbZV dks fMe tykus gsrq lIykbZ nsrk gSa) a. 32 Volt b. 16 Volt c. 24 Volt

Page 9: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

7. QV 61 will energies when (QV 61 ,,ujtkbZt gksrk gSa tc)a. When CHBA starts working (tc CHBA dke djuk pkyw djrk gS) b. After closing DJ (DJ Dykst djus ds ckn)c. HBA kept from o to 1 (tc HBA dks 0 ls 1 ij j[krs gS)

8. Q118 is having with the time lag of 5 seconds due to (Q118 fjys dks 5 lsds.M dk VkbZe ysx fn;k x;k gS) a. Because traveling time of GR from one to other notch is 0.5 seconds.

D;ksfd th-vkj- dks ,d ukp ls nqljs ukp tkus esa 0-5 lsds.M dk VkbZe yxrk gSb. For the picking up Maximum speed Arno takes the time of 5 seconds.

vkuksZ dks vf/kdRre xfr izkIr djus ds fy;s 5 lsds.M yxrs gSac. To avoid the Arno from the over loading

vkuksZ dks vksOgj yksfMax gksus ls cpkus ds fy;sa

9. Before proceeding for trouble shooting in the trailing loco of M.U. Loco pilot should – (M U Loco esa Vz~cy ‘kqfVax djus gsrq VZ~sfyax yksdks esa tkrs le; yksdks ik;yV dks djuk pkfg,)a. Check CCBA in leading loco (CCBA Q;wt dks psd djuk pkfg,) b. Operate BP2DJ (BP2DJ dks vkijsV djsaxs) c. Operate BLSN and check the fiting M.U. jumper connections. (BLSN dksvkijsV djds M.U. taEij ds dusD’ku psd djsaxs)

- 2 -

Group B: Fill up the blanks (fjDr LFkku dh iqfrZ fdft;s) Marks: 6.

1. If short circuiting will take place in L2 then ------------------- fuse will melt. L2 eaas ‘kkVZ lfdZV gksus ij ------------------------------------------------ Q;wt esYV gksxk A

2. CCLS melts on 10th notch LP will get-------------------------------------------------------------------10 ukp ij CCLS Q;wt esaYV gksus yksdks ik;yV dks feysxk -------------------------------------------------------

3. If LSBCR is glowing then it indicates to the Loco pilot that -----------------------------------------;fn LSBCR tyrk gSa rks ;g pkyd dks lwfpr djrk gSa fd ------------------------------------------------------

4. The normal position of QFL is -----------------------------------------------------------QFL fjys fd lkekU; iksth’ku gksrh gSa -------------------------------------------------------------

5. If LSRSI is glowing then it indicates to the Loco pilot that ----------------------------------------;fn LSRSI tyrk gSa rks ;g pkyd dks lwfpr djrk gSa fd -----------------------------------------------------

6. CGR2 will close on ---------------------------------------- notch CGR2 --------------------------------- ukWap ij Dykst gksrk gSa A

Group C: Answer the following questions Marks: 15.

Page 10: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

1. What trouble shooting will you do if earth fault in auxiliary power circuit in Static Converter loco? LVsfVd daoVZj yksdks esa ;fn vkWCt_yjh ikoj lfdZV esa vfkZ QkWYV gksus ij vki D;k Vzcy lwfVax djsaxs\

2. In Microprocessor Loco if GR not progresses at all then what trouble shooting will you do? ekbDjks izkslslj yksdks esa ;fn th vkj izksxzsl ugha gksrk gS rks vki D;k Vzcy lwfVax djsaxss\

3. What are the precautions to be taken before and after wedging Q118? Q118 fjys dks ost djus ds igys vkSj ost djus ds ckn yksdks ik;yV dks D;k D;k lko/kkfu;ka ysuk pkfg;s\

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE.USLAPUR. S.E.C.Railway.

Exam: Technical (CRC) Time: 1.30 hrs. Total Marks: 30.

Group A: Put tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu’kku yxk;sa) Marks: 8.

1. If additional CCBA will melt then (;fn ,fM’kuy CCBA esYV gks tk;sxk rks)

a. Q46 will not energise (Q46,ujtkbZt ugha gksxk) b. Q52 will not energise (Q52 ,ujtkbZt ugha gksxk)c. None of the above (mijksDr esa ls dksbZ ugha)

2. In auto flasher, PR2 is provided for the purpose of (vkVks Qys’j yksdks esa PR2 ds yxkus dk m}s’;) a. To switch ON the auto flasher light (vkVkas Qys’j ykbZV dks tyokus ds fy;s) b. When B.P. will recharge and P2 will open then after Driver will take the notches otherwise Driver will getTLTE (c ch-ih- iwjh rjg ls pktZ gks tkrk gS,o ih2 dk baVjykwad [qky tkrk gSaa rks Mz~k- ukp ys lds vU;Fkk mlsTLTEfeysxk) c. None of the above (mijksDr esa ls dksbZ ugha)

Page 11: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

3. Over current in the circuit of Air Dryer will cause (Air Dryer ds lfdZV esa vksoj djaV gksus ij gksxk) a. CCLSA will melt (CCLSA esYV gksxk) b. CCLS will melt (CCLS esYVgksxk) c. None of the above (mijksDr esa ls dksbZ ugha)

4. If the compressed air pressure of SMGR is 2 Kg/cm2 then it will cause (SMGR dk daEizslM,vjizs’kj 2kg/cm2 gks tk;s arks ;g dkj.k gksxk) a. ICDJ b. Operation 1 c. None of the above (mijksDr esa ls dksbZ ugha)

5. While working the train D.J. will open on different notches but while testing there is no tripping during firststage of testing then it is known as (xkMh dke djrs le; ;fn Mh-ts- fofHkUu ukWap ij vksiu gksrkk gSa ,oa VsLVhax dsnkSjku QLV LVst esa dksbZ fVz~fiax ugha vkrh gSa bls dgrs gS) a. Operation B b. Operation O c. TWAC

6.Without closing any BL switches if CCA repeatedly melt even after keeping HOBA in OFF conditionthen what trouble shooting will you perform –(cxSj dksbZ ch-,y- Lohp Dykst fd;s ;fn lh-lh-,- Q;wt yxkrkj esYVgksrk gSa ] HOBA dks vkQ djus ds mijkWar rks vki D;k Vz~cy ‘kqfVax djsaxs)a. Renew CCA and wedge Q100 in deenergise condition and wedge require no. of contactors (CCA dksu;k yxkdj Q100 dks fM,ujtkbZt voLFkk esa ost djds fu?kkZfjr ek=k esa dkWaVsDVj dks ost dj nsaxs)

b. Wedge C105,C106,C107 only and work the train.(C105,C106,C107 dks ost djds xkMhdke djsaxs)c. None of the above (mijksDr esa ls dksbZ ugha)

7. In case of slipped pinion, after isolating the Traction Motor, Loco Pilot should (LyhIM fifu;u gksus ij Vz~sD’kueksVj dks vkbZlksysV djus ds ckn yksdks ik;yV dks djuk pkfg;as)a. Only clear the Block Section ( dsoy Cykd lsD’ku Dyh;j djsaxs)b. Fail the loco in the Block section (Cykd lsD’ku esa yksdks dks Qsy djsaxs)c. None of the above (mijksDr esa ls dksbZ ugha)

8. When MPS kept on 3rd position than (MPS dks 3 ij j[kus ls)c. S13, S23, S33, S43, S53, S63 will close (Dykst gksxs) b. S12, S22, S32, S42, S52, S62 will close (Dykst gksxs) –c. None of the above (mijksDr esa ls dksbZ ugha)

- 2 -

Group B: Fill up the blanks (fjDr LFkku dh iqfrZ fdft;s) Marks: 7.

1. CCLS melts on 10th notch LP will get-------------------------------------------------------------------10 ukp ij CCLS Q;wt esaYV gksus yksdks ik;yV dks feysxk -------------------------------------------------------

2. If the rear cab BL is not properly locked then while working the Loco from the other cab Loco pilot will get -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Page 12: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

;fn fiNs dSc dk BL lgh rjhds ls ykWad ugha fd;k x;k rks nqljs dSc ls yksdks dks dk;Z djrs le; yksdks ik;yV dks feysxk ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. If LSBCR is glowing then it indicates to the Loco pilot that -----------------------------------------;fn LSBCR tyrk gSa rks ;g pkyd dks lwfpr djrk gSa fd ------------------------------------------------------

4. When MR becomes ---------------------------------- Kg/cm2 then Q119 will energise. tc MR -------------------------------------- Kg/cm2 gks tkrk gSa rks Q119 ,ujtkbZt gksxk A

5. The normal position of QFL is -----------------------------------------------------------QFL fjys fd lkekU; iksth’ku gksrh gSa -------------------------------------------------------------

6. P2 contact closes if charging pressure drops to ----------------------- Kg/cm2 P2 dk dkWaVsDV Dykst gksrk gS ;fn pkftZax izs’kj MzkWai gksrk gSa ---------------------- Kg/cm2

7. If short circuiting will take place in L2 then ------------------- fuse will melt. L2 eaas ‘kkVZ lfdZV gksus ij ------------------------------------------------ Q;wt esYV gksxk A

Group C: Write the answers of the following questions 15 Marks. fuEufyf[kr iz’uks ds mRrj fyf[k;s

1. What is the function of C3W Distributor valve? Where it is provided? If it becomes defective than whattrouble shooting will you perform? C3W Distributor valve dk D;k dke gSa A ;g dgkWa yxk gSa \ ;fn ;g [kjkc gks tk;s arks vki D;k Vz~cy ‘kqVhax djsaxs \

2. What is operation 2 \ what trouble shooting will you perform during Operation 2 \ vkijs’ku2 D;k gSa \ vkijs’ku 2 feyus ij vki D;k Vz~cy ‘kqfVax djsaxs \

3. What is QOP1? If QOP1 will drop then what trouble shooting will you perform? QOP 1 D;k gS \ ;fn QOP1 Mz~ki gksrk gS rks vki D;k Vz~cy ‘kqfVax djsaxs \

*************************

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE.USLAPUR. S.E.C.Railway.

Page 13: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

Exam: SWR (CRC) Time: 1.30 hrs. Total Marks: 30.

Group A: Put tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu’kku yxk;sa) Marks: 7.

1. Station Limits means (LVs’ku fyfeV dk vfHkizk;) a. The portion of the railway which is directly control of the station master ;g jsYos dk fgLlk gSa tks lh/ks LVs’ku ekLVj ds fu;a=.k esa gksrk gSa b. means the portion of the Station Section (;g LVs’ku lsD’ku dk fgLlk gSa) c. Adequate distance (i;kZIr nwjh)

2. When Distant signal of an Intermediate Block Post is defective and can not be kept in the “ON” positionthen (tc vkbZ-ch- dk fMLVaV flxuy [kjkc gks tkrk gSa rc)a. IB will treated as working (vkbZ-ch-flxuy dks dk;Zjr ekusxs)b. IB will treated as defective (vkbZ-ch-flxuy dks [kjkc ekusaxs)c. None (dksbZ ugha )

3. The level crossing gate which will remain close for 24 hours and will open according to the requirement isknown as (ysoy dzkflax xsV tks 24 ?kaUVs can jgrk gS ,oa vko”;drk iMus ij [kksyk tkrk gSa mls dgrs gS

a. A class level crossing gate b. B class level crossing gate c. C class level corssing gate

4. In case of temporary single line working introduce in double line section than Loco Pilot will get McyykbZu ds lsD’ku esa flaxy ykbZu ofdZax ykxw gksus ij yksdks ik;yV dks vFkkfjfV nh tk;sxh

a. T/D 602 b. T/A 602 c.None

5. Double distant signalling section in Double line section station limit will be (Mcy fMLVaV okys flaxufyax lsD’kuesa Mcy ykbZu ds lsD’ku esa LVs’ku fyfeV gksrh gSaa. From outer most distant signal to last stop signals. Lkcls ckgjh fMLVaV flxuy ls ykLV LVki flxuy rd A

b. From inner distant signal to last stop signal in both the lines. buj fMLVV flxuy ls vafre jksd flxuy rd nksuks ykbZuks esa A

c. From home signal to Advance starter (gkse flxuy ls ,Moakl LVkZVj rd)

6. Normally not more than ------No. of persons other than the Engine Crew shall be permitted to travel inthe cab (lkekU;voLFkk esa bathu dsc esa batu dehZ ny ds vykok fdrus O;fDr ;k=k dj ldrs gSalkekU;voLFkk esa bathu dsc esa batu dehZ ny ds vykok fdrus O;fDr ;k=k dj ldrs gSa)

a. 3 Persons b. 4 Persons c. None

7. The speed restriction which will imposed for the short time is known asLihM fjLVz~hd’ku tks FkksMs le; ds fy;as ykxw fd;k tkrk gS mls dgrs gSa

Page 14: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

a. Parmanent Engg. Speed Restriction. (ijeusaUV bthfu;fjax LihM fjLVz~hd’ku)b. Semipermanent Engg. Speed Restriction. (lseh ijeusaUV bthfu;fjax LihM fjLVz~hd’ku)c. Temporary Engg. Speed Restriction. (VsEijjh bthfu;fjax LihM fjLVz~hd’ku)

- 2 -

Group B: Fill up the blanks (fjDr LFkku Hkfj;s) Marks: 8. 1. Engine failed in Mid Section is a ------------------------------------ class of accident.

baftu ;fn Cykd lsD’ku esa Qsy gks tk;s rks mls ------------------------------------------------Dykl dk ,DlhMsaV dgrs gS A

2. Speed of the second train running with T/D 602 during TSL working is ------------------- Kmph.

T/D 602 ysdj pyus okyh nwljh xkMh fd xfr TSL ofdZax ds nkSjku ------------------------------------------------------------- KMPH gksrh gS

3. If the train is require to stop in 1 in 100 down gradient section then caution indicator is provided----------------------------- meter from the place of obstruction. ;fn 1 esa 100 MkMu xzsfM,aV okys lsD’ku esa xkMh dks [kMk djuk gSa rks dk’ku bMhdsVj dks -----------------------------ehVj dh nwjh ijyxk;k tkrk gSaa A

4. When more than one shunt signals are provided in a same post then the top most shunt signal is applyfor------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ line.tc ,d [kaHks ij ,d ls T;knk ‘kaV flxuyks dks yxk;k tkrk gS rks lcls mij dk ‘kaV flxuy-------------------------------------------------- ykbZu ds fy;s ykxw gksrk gS A

5. While passing through from any level crossing gate if gate man is not found at the Gate Lodge then dutiesof engine crew is ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------fdlh ysoy dzkflax xsV ls Fkzw ikl gksrs le; ;fn xsV esu xsV ykt ij ekStwn u gks rks baftu ds dehZ ny dks djuk pkfg;s----------------------------------------------------------------

6. When ever any new signal is imposed in the section, caution order shall be issued for a period of------------------------------ days from the date of erection of signal.tc dHkh Hkh lsD’ku esa tc dksbZ u;k flxuy yxk;k tkrk gSa rksa flxuy yxkus fd frfFk ls --------------------------- fnuksa rd dk’kuvkMZj tkjh fd;k tkrk gSa A

7. If Gd not exchange signal than whistle code is ----------------------------xkMZ }kjk flxuy ,Dlpsat ugha djus ij Oghfly dksM gSa ---------------------------------------------------------

8. The signal which is placed below any stop signal except First stop signal is known as --------------- ,Slk flxuy ftls izFke jksd flxuy ds uhps NksMdj fdlh Hkh jksd flxuy ds uhps yxk;k tk ldrk gSa mls dgrs gS

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Group C: Write the ansers of the following questions. Marks: 15. fuEufyf[kr iz’uks ds mRrj fyf[k;sa 15 vad

1. What are the duties of the Driver, Guard, and Banking Engine Crew, Gate man in case of train parting? Ifunable to couple the both portion of the train in the block section then how will you clear the both portion?

Page 15: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

( Vz~su ikfVZax gksus ij pkyd] xkkMZ ] cSfdax yksdks pkyd] xsV esau ds D;k drZO; gSa \ ;fn CykWad lsD”ku esa nksuks fgLlks dkstksM ikuk laHko u gks rks nks vyx vyx fgLlksa esa xkMh dks dSls dk;Z fd;k tkrk gS \ )

2. What are the duties of the engine crew while performing the rule GR 6.03 in double line and multiple linesections?Baftu dehZ ny ds D;k drZO; gS tc fu;e th-vkj- 6-03 ds eqrkfcd Mcy ykbZu rFkk eYVh ykbZu ds lsD’ku esa cpko fd;ktkrk gSa \

3. What are the duties of the engine crew while passing manned level crossing gate?esuM ysoy dzkflax xsV dks ikj djrs le; baftu dehZ ny ds D;k drZO; gS \

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE.USLAPUR. S.E.C.Railway.

Exam: Tech (ACRC) Time: 1.30 hrs. Total Marks: 30.

Group A: Put tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu’kku yxk;sa) Marks: 8.

1. If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ [kjkc gks tk;s arks Mh-ts- dks Dykst fd;k tk ldrk gSa

a. BP2DJ b. Q44 c. Q118.

2. While working the train D.J. will open on different notches but while testing there is no tripping during firststage of testing then it is known as - xkMh dke djrs le; ;fn Mh-ts- fofHkUu ukWap ij vksiu gksrkk gSa ,oa VsLVhax ds nkSjku QLV LVst esa dksbZ fVz~fiax ugha vkrh gSabls -

a. Operation B b. TWAC c. Operation B

3. WAG7 Loco continuous current ratting is - WAG 5 Loco yxkrkj djaV jsVhax gksrh gSa

a. 600 Amps and 325 Volt b. 750 Amps and 650 volt c. 900 Amps and 750 Volt

4. If CHBA becomes defective then loco can be work on BA Voltage up to

;fn CHBA [kjkc gks tk;s rks BA oksYVst ij yksdks dks dk;Z fd;k tk ldrk gSa a. 4 Hours b. 2 Hours c. 3 Hours

5. In Modified WAG5 Loco QD 2 is connected in betweenModified WAG5 Loco esa QD 2 yxh gSa

a. TM 5&6 a. TM4&5 c.TM 4&6

6. While grounding the loco when HOM handle keep from the Normal position to Earth position actiontake place in the loco are –

Page 16: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

tc yksdks dks xzkmaM fd;k tkrk gS ,oa HOM gS.My dks ukeZy iksth’ku ls vFkZ iksth’ku easa j[kk tkrk rks yksdks esa dk;Zokgh gksrhgSa _a. Air pressure supply towards the panto servo motor will stop (isUVks loksZ eksVj esa gok dk izs’kj tkuk can gks tkrkgS)b. Pressure all ready enter in the panto pipe line will exhaust through the vent hole of BV Box(isUVks ikbZi ykbZu esa igys ls x;k gqvk gOkk dks izs’kj B V Box ds osUV gksy ls fudy tk;sxk )c. Main transformer and roof equipments will ground and fichet keys become free (esu Vz~kalQkjej rFkk :Q esayxs midj.k xzkm.M gks tk;sxs ,oa fQpsV pkch fudkyh tk lds

7. RGEB2 is provided for - (RGEB2 yxk;k x;k gS) a. Air stock train b. Vac stock train c. None

8. Reverse High Voltage in RSI Block will cause (RSI CykWad esa fjoZl gkbZ okasYVst gksus ij gksxk)a. QRSI will drop (QRSI Mz~kWai gksxk)

b. LSRSI will glow (LSRSI dh cRrh tyus yxsxh) c. DJ will trip in operation “1” (Mh-ts- vkijs’ku 1 esa [kqy tk;sxk)

- 2 -

Group B: Fill up the blanks (fjDr LFkku Hkfj;s) Marks: 7.

1. During RB more than 1 Kg/cm2 pressure goes to B/cylinder; RB will cut off through --------------vkj-chds le; ;fn 1Kg/cm2 ls vf/kd izs’kj tkrk gSa rks vkj-ch- dV vkWaQ gksrk gS]-----------------------------------}kjk

2. If Q30 interlock beomes defective on Q44 branch then DJ will open in OP --------------------------;fn Q30 dk baVjykWad D;w 44 ds ckzap ij [kjkc gks tkrk gS rks Mh-ts- vksiu gksxk

-------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. If LSBCR is glowing then it indicates to the Loco pilot that -------------------------------------------;fn LSBCR tyrk gSa rks ;g pkyd dks lwfpr djrk gSa fd

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4. If -------------------------------------------------------------- fuse will met then QRS will not energise.

------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Q;wt esaYV gksus ij QRS ,ujtkbZt ugha gksrhgSa A

5. Switch to clear the accidental bonding on control circuit is -------------------------------------------daVz̀ksy lfdZV ls ,DlhMsUVy ckm.aMhax nwj djus okyk Lohp gSa

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

6. If MVSL1 not working in Operation B while clearing block section current ratting will be -------------- Amps.

Page 17: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

;fn MVSL1 vkijs’ku ch esa dk;Z ugha djrk rksa Cykd lsD’ku Dyh;j djrs le; djaV jsVhax gksxk ------------------------ ,Eil

7. Location of MCP safty valves is at---------------------------------------------------------------------------- MCP ds lsQVh okYol fd yksds’ku gksrh gSa--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Group C: Write the ansers of the following questions. Marks: 15. fuEufyf[kr iz’uks ds mRrj fyf[k;sa 15 vad

1. What is ICDJ? What are the main probable causes for ICDJ? When Q118 relay will not energise thenwhat trouble shooting will you perform?ICDJ D;k gS \ ICDJ ds lHkh izeq[k laHkkfor dkj.kksa dks fyf[k;sa \ tc Q118 fjys ,ujtkbZt ugha gksxh rks vki D;k Vz~cy‘kqfVax djsaxs \

2. How to apply and release the parking brakes ? ikfdZax czsd dks dSls yxk;k ,oa fjfyt fd;k tkrk gSa \

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE.USLAPUR. S.E.C.Railway.

Exam: Tech (RRB) Time: 2.00 hrs. Total Marks: 40.

Group A: Put tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu’kku yxk;sa) Marks: 8.

1. In Modified WAG7 Loco QD 2 is connected in betweenModified WAG5 Loco esa QD 2 yxh gSa

a. TM 5&6 a. TM4&5 c. TM 4&6

2. If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by

Page 18: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

;fn BLRDJ [kjkc gks tk;s arks Mh-ts- dks Dykst fd;k tk ldrk gSaa. BP2DJ b. Q44 c. Q118.

3. QCVAR (AC) deenergising value is (QCVAR A.C. fM,ujtkbZt gksrh gSa ) a. 157 Volt b. 75 Volt c. 215 Volt .

4. DC to DC Converter gives supply to the Head light -Mh-lh- Vw Mh-lh- duoVZj ds }kjk gsM ykbZV lfdZV dks lIykbZ nh tkrh gSa -

a. 32 volt b. 16 Volt c. None

5. RGEB2 is provided for - (RGEB2 yxk;k x;k gS) a. Air stock train b. Vac stock train c. None

6. Auto drain valve will operate by the pressure of (vkVks Mz~su okYo vkijsV gksrk gSa ] ds izs’kj }kjk )a. MR1 b. MR 2 c. MR 4

7. If CCBA is melt on run Loco pilot will get at the time of DJ closing ;fn CCBA Q;wt esYV gks tk;sxk rks Mh ts Dykst djrs le; yksdks ik;yV dks feysxk

a TWAC b. ICDJ c. DJ Locking ( DJ ykfdax)

8. If panto does not touches the contact wire and ZPT on “ 1”and Loco pilot try to close the DJ then he willget (;fn isUVksa dkWaVsDV okWa;j dks Vp ugha djrk ,oa pkyd Mh-ts- Dykst djus dks iz;Ru djrk gSa rks)

a. ICDJ. b. No tension on line c. Operation “A”

Group B: Write the answers of the following (fuEufyf[kr iz’uks ds mRrj fyf[k;sa) Marks: 12.

1. What is the running and standing quick inspections? When and where these inspections are performed?What are the items to be checked during the running and standing quick inspections , Write in full details inproper sequence ?jfuax ,oa LVs.fMax Dohd bUlisD’ku D;k gSa \ dc vkSj dgkWa bu bUlisD’ku dks fd;k tkrk gSa \ jfuax ,oa LVsf.Max DohdbUlisD’ku ds nkSjku dkSu dkSu ls vk;Vel dks psd fd;k tkrk gSa ] iw.kZ fooj.k ds lkFk flyflysokj fyf[k;sa \

2. What is ICDJ? What are the main probable causes for ICDJ? When Q118 relay will not energies thenwhat trouble shooting will you perform? ICDJ D;k gS \ ICDJ ds lHkh izeq[k laHkkfor dkj.kksa dks fyf[k;sa \ tc Q118 fjys ,ujtkbZt ugha gksxh rks vki D;kVz~cy ‘kqfVax djsaxs \

3. What is TLTE? What trouble shooting will you perform when GR not progressing at all? Vh ,yVh bZ D;k gS? Tkc th-vkj- izksxzsl ugha gksark rc vki D;k Vz~cy ‘kqfVax djsaxs\

- 2 -

Group C: Write short of the following (fuEufyf[kr ij laf{kIr fVI i.kh fyf[k; ) Marks: 12.

a. Electric I.P. b. RGCP c. QSIT d. F1 selector Valve

Page 19: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

Group D: Fill up the blanks (fjDr LFkku Hkfj;s) Marks: 8.

1. CGR2 will close on ---------------------------------------- notch CGR2 ----------------------------------------- ukWap ij Dykst gksrk gSa A

2. During R.B. position of Electrical V.E.F. Is ------------------------------------------------ vkj-ch- ds le; bysDVz~hdy Ogh-bZ-,Q- dk iksth’ku gksrk gSa ------------------------------------------------

3. When B.P. becomes ------------------------Kg/cm2 than RGEB2 will operate in auto flasher loco. tc ch-ih--------------------------------------------------------------------------- gks tkrk gS rks vkVks Qys’kj okys yksdks esa RGEB2 vkijsV gks tkrk

gSa

4. LSCHBA glows, on run without tripping in a WAG 5 loco, it is ----------------------type of failure. LSCHBA dk ty tkuk WAG5 yksdks esa ----------------------------------------- izdkj dk QsY;qvj gSa A

5. If QVSI1 becomes defective then DJ will open in Operation -------------------------------------;fn QVSI 1 [kjkc gks tkrk gS rks Mh-ts- vksiu gksxkk -------------------------------------------- vkijs’ku esa

6. Short circuit in VEAD will cause melting of fuse ------------------------------------------ VEAD esa ‘kkVZ lfdZV gksus ij ----------------------------------------------- Q;wt esYV gks tk;sxk A

7. If SMGR pressure is very less then loco pilot will get the trouble of ………………………. ;fn SMGR dk izs’kj cgqr de gks tk;s rks yksdks ik;yzV dks nks”k feysxk ----------------------------------

8. UA1 and UA2 is connected between the ------------------ and ---------------------phase of the Arno. UA1 ,oa UA2 vkuksZ ds ------------------------ ,oa -------------------------- Qst ds e/; esa yxs gksrs gSa

Page 20: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE.USLAPUR. S.E.C.Railway.

Exam: Technical (CRC) Time: 1.30 hrs. Total Marks: 30.

Group A: Put tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu’kku yxk;sa) Marks: 8.

1. If additional CCBA will melt then (;fn ,fM’kuy CCBA esYV gks tk;sxk rks)

a. Q46 will not energise (Q46,ujtkbZt ugha gksxk) b. Q52 will not energise (Q52 ,ujtkbZt ugha gksxk)c. None of the above (mijksDr esa ls dksbZ ugha)

2. In auto flasher, PR2 is provided for the purpose of (vkVks Qys’j yksdks esa PR2 ds yxkus dk m}s’;) a. To switch ON the auto flasher light (vkVkas Qys’j ykbZV dks tyokus ds fy;s) b. When B.P. will recharge and P2 will open then after Driver will take the notches otherwise Driver will getTLTE (c ch-ih- iwjh rjg ls pktZ gks tkrk gS,o ih2 dk baVjykwad [qky tkrk gSaa rks Mz~k- ukp ys lds vU;Fkk mlsTLTEfeysxk) c. None of the above (mijksDr esa ls dksbZ ugha)

3. Over current in the circuit of Air Dryer will cause (Air Dryer ds lfdZV esa vksoj djaV gksus ij gksxk) a. CCLSA will melt (CCLSA esYV gksxk) b. CCLS will melt (CCLS esYVgksxk) c. None of the above (mijksDr esa ls dksbZ ugha)

4. If the compressed air pressure of SMGR is 2 Kg/cm2 then it will cause (SMGR dk daEizslM,vjizs’kj 2kg/cm2 gks tk;s arks ;g dkj.k gksxk) a. ICDJ b. Operation 1 c. None of the above (mijksDr esa ls dksbZ ugha)

5. While working the train D.J. will open on different notches but while testing there is no tripping during firststage of testing then it is known as (xkMh dke djrs le; ;fn Mh-ts- fofHkUu ukWap ij vksiu gksrkk gSa ,oa VsLVhax dsnkSjku QLV LVst esa dksbZ fVz~fiax ugha vkrh gSa bls dgrs gS) a. Operation B b. Operation O c. TWAC

6.Without closing any BL switches if CCA repeatedly melt even after keeping HOBA in OFF conditionthen what trouble shooting will you perform –( cxSj dksbZ ch-,y- Lohp Dykst fd;s ;fn lh-lh-,- Q;wt yxkrkj esYVgksrk gSa ] HOBA dks vkQ djus ds mijkWar rks vki D;k Vz~cy ‘kqfVax djsaxs )a. Renew CCA and wedge Q100 in deenergise condition and wedge require no. of contactors (CCA dksu;k yxkdj Q100 dks fM,ujtkbZt voLFkk esa ost djds fu?kkZfjr ek=k esa dkWaVsDVj dks ost dj nsaxs)

b. Wedge C105,C106,C107 only and work the train.( C105,C106,C107 dks ost djds xkMhdke djsaxs )c. None of the above (mijksDr esa ls dksbZ ugha)

7. In case of slipped pinion, after isolating the Traction Motor, Loco Pilot should (LyhIM fifu;u gksus ij Vz~sD’kueksVj dks vkbZlksysV djus ds ckn yksdks ik;yV dks djuk pkfg;as)a. Only clear the Block Section ( dsoy Cykd lsD’ku Dyh;j djsaxs )

Page 21: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

b. Fail the loco in the Block section ( Cykd lsD’ku esa yksdks dks Qsy djsaxs )c. None of the above (mijksDr esa ls dksbZ ugha)

8. When MPS kept on 3rd position than (MPS dks 3 ij j[kus ls)c. S13, S23, S33, S43, S53, S63 will close (Dykst gksxs) b. S12, S22, S32, S42, S52, S62 will close (Dykst gksxs) –c. None of the above (mijksDr esa ls dksbZ ugha)

- 2 -

Group B: Fill up the blanks (fjDr LFkku dh iqfrZ fdft;s) Marks: 7.

1. CCLS melts on 10th notch LP will get-------------------------------------------------------------------10 ukp ij CCLS Q;wt esaYV gksus yksdks ik;yV dks feysxk -------------------------------------------------------

2. If the rear cab BL is not properly locked then while working the Loco from the other cab Loco pilot will get -----------------------------------------------------------------------------;fn fiNs dSc dk BL lgh rjhds ls ykWad ugha fd;k x;k rks nqljs dSc ls yksdks dks dk;Z djrs le; yksdks ik;yV dks feysxk ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. If LSBCR is glowing then it indicates to the Loco pilot that -----------------------------------------;fn LSBCR tyrk gSa rks ;g pkyd dks lwfpr djrk gSa fd ------------------------------------------------------

4. When MR becomes ---------------------------------- Kg/cm2 then Q119 will energise. tc MR -------------------------------------- Kg/cm2 gks tkrk gSa rks Q119 ,ujtkbZt gksxk A

5. The normal position of QFL is -----------------------------------------------------------QFL fjys fd lkekU; iksth’ku gksrh gSa -------------------------------------------------------------

6. P2 contact closes if charging pressure drops to ----------------------- Kg/cm2 P2 dk dkWaVsDV Dykst gksrk gS ;fn pkftZax izs’kj MzkWai gksrk gSa ---------------------- Kg/cm2

7. If short circuiting will take place in L2 then ------------------- fuse will melt. L2 eaas ‘kkVZ lfdZV gksus ij ------------------------------------------------ Q;wt esYV gksxk A

Group C: Write the answers of the following questions 15 Marks. fuEufyf[kr iz’uks ds mRrj fyf[k;s

1. What is the function of C3W Distributor valve? Where it is provided? If it becomes defective than whattrouble shooting will you perform? C3W Distributor valve dk D;k dke gSa A ;g dgkWa yxk gSa \ ;fn ;g [kjkc gks tk;s arks vki D;k Vz~cy ‘kqVhax djsaxs \

Page 22: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

2. What is operation 2 \ what trouble shooting will you perform during Operation 2 \ vkijs’ku2 D;k gSa \ vkijs’ku 2 feyus ij vki D;k Vz~cy ‘kqfVax djsaxs \

3. What is QOP1? If QOP1 will drop then what trouble shooting will you perform? QOP 1 D;k gS \ ;fn QOP1 Mz~ki gksrk gS rks vki D;k Vz~cy ‘kqfVax djsaxs \

*************************

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE.USLAPUR. S.E.C.Railway.

Exam: SWR (CRC) Time: 1.30 hrs. Total Marks: 30.

Group A: Put tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu’kku yxk;sa) Marks: 7.

1. Station Limits means (LVs’ku fyfeV dk vfHkizk;) a. The portion of the railway which is directly control of the station master ;g jsYos dk fgLlk gSa tks lh/ks LVs’ku ekLVj ds fu;a=.k esa gksrk gSa b. means the portion of the Station Section (;g LVs’ku lsD’ku dk fgLlk gSa) c. Adequate distance (i;kZIr nwjh)

2. When Distant signal of an Intermediate Block Post is defective and can not be kept in the “ON” positionthen (tc vkbZ-ch- dk fMLVaV flxuy [kjkc gks tkrk gSa rc)a. IB will treated as working (vkbZ-ch-flxuy dks dk;Zjr ekusxs )b. IB will treated as defective (vkbZ-ch-flxuy dks [kjkc ekusax s)c. None (dksbZ ugha )

3. The level crossing gate which will remain close for 24 hours and will open according to the requirement isknown as (ysoy dzkflax xsV tks 24 ?kaUVs can jgrk gS ,oa vko”;drk iMus ij [kksyk tkrk gSa mls dgrs gS

a. A class level crossing gate b. B class level crossing gate c. C class level corssing gate

4. In case of temporary single line working introduce in double line section than Loco Pilot will get McyykbZu ds lsD’ku esa flaxy ykbZu ofdZax ykxw gksus ij yksdks ik;yV dks vFkkfjfV nh tk;sxh

Page 23: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

a. T/D 602 b. T/A 602 c.None

5. Double distant signalling section in Double line section station limit will be (Mcy fMLVaV okys flaxufyax lsD’kuesa Mcy ykbZu ds lsD’ku esa LVs’ku fyfeV gksrh gSaa. From outer most distant signal to last stop signals. Lkcls ckgjh fMLVaV flxuy ls ykLV LVki flxuy rd A

b. From inner distant signal to last stop signal in both the lines. buj fMLVV flxuy ls vafre jksd flxuy rd nksuks ykbZuks esa A

c. From home signal to Advance starter (gkse flxuy ls ,Moakl LVkZVj rd)

6. Normally not more than ------No. of persons other than the Engine Crew shall be permitted to travel inthe cab (lkekU;voLFkk esa bathu dsc esa batu dehZ ny ds vykok fdrus O;fDr ;k=k dj ldrs gSa

lkekU;voLFkk esa bathu dsc esa batu dehZ ny ds vykok fdrus O;fDr ;k=k dj ldrs gSa ) a. 3 Persons b. 4 Persons c. None

7. The speed restriction which will imposed for the short time is known asLihM fjLVz~hd’ku tks FkksMs le; ds fy;as ykxw fd;k tkrk gS mls dgrs gSa

a. Parmanent Engg. Speed Restriction. (ijeusaUV bthfu;fjax LihM fjLVz~hd’ku)b. Semipermanent Engg. Speed Restriction. (lseh ijeusaUV bthfu;fjax LihM fjLVz~hd’ku)c. Temporary Engg. Speed Restriction. (VsEijjh bthfu;fjax LihM fjLVz~hd’ku)

- 2 -

Group B: Fill up the blanks (fjDr LFkku Hkfj;s) Marks: 8.

1. Engine failed in Mid Section is a ------------------------------------ class of accident. baftu ;fn Cykd lsD’ku esa Qsy gks tk;s rks mls ------------------------------------------------Dykl dk ,DlhMsaV dgrs gS A

2. Speed of the second train running with T/D 602 during TSL working is ------------------- Kmph.

T/D 602 ysdj pyus okyh nwljh xkMh fd xfr TSL ofdZax ds nkSjku ------------------------------------------------------------- KMPH gksrh gS

3. If the train is require to stop in 1 in 100 down gradient section then caution indicator is provided----------------------------- meter from the place of obstruction. ;fn 1 esa 100 MkMu xzsfM,aV okys lsD’ku esa xkMh dks [kMk djuk gSa rks dk’ku bMhdsVj dks -----------------------------ehVj dh nwjh ijyxk;k tkrk gSaa A

4. When more than one shunt signals are provided in a same post then the top most shunt signal is applyfor------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ line.tc ,d [kaHks ij ,d ls T;knk ‘kaV flxuyks dks yxk;k tkrk gS rks lcls mij dk ‘kaV flxuy-------------------------------------------------- ykbZu ds fy;s ykxw gksrk gS A

Page 24: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

5. While passing through from any level crossing gate if gate man is not found at the Gate Lodge then dutiesof engine crew is ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------fdlh ysoy dzkflax xsV ls Fkzw ikl gksrs le; ;fn xsV esu xsV ykt ij ekStwn u gks rks baftu ds dehZ ny dks djuk pkfg;s----------------------------------------------------------------

6. When ever any new signal is imposed in the section, caution order shall be issued for a period of------------------------------ days from the date of erection of signal.tc dHkh Hkh lsD’ku esa tc dksbZ u;k flxuy yxk;k tkrk gSa rksa flxuy yxkus fd frfFk ls --------------------------- fnuksa rd dk’kuvkMZj tkjh fd;k tkrk gSa A

7. If Gd not exchange signal than whistle code is ----------------------------xkMZ }kjk flxuy ,Dlpsat ugha djus ij Oghfly dksM gSa ---------------------------------------------------------

8. The signal which is placed below any stop signal except First stop signal is known as --------------- ,Slk flxuy ftls izFke jksd flxuy ds uhps NksMdj fdlh Hkh jksd flxuy ds uhps yxk;k tk ldrk gSa mls dgrs gS

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Group C: Write the ansers of the following questions. Marks: 15. fuEufyf[kr iz’uks ds mRrj fyf[k;sa 15 vad

1. What are the duties of the Driver, Guard, and Banking Engine Crew, Gate man in case of train parting? Ifunable to couple the both portion of the train in the block section then how will you clear the both portion?( Vz~su ikfVZax gksus ij pkyd] xkkMZ ] cSfdax yksdks pkyd] xsV esau ds D;k drZO; gSa \ ;fn CykWad lsD”ku esa nksuks fgLlks dkstksM ikuk laHko u gks rks nks vyx vyx fgLlksa esa xkMh dks dSls dk;Z fd;k tkrk gS \ )

2. What are the duties of the engine crew while performing the rule GR 6.03 in double line and multiple linesections?Baftu dehZ ny ds D;k drZO; gS tc fu;e th-vkj- 6-03 ds eqrkfcd Mcy ykbZu rFkk eYVh ykbZu ds lsD’ku esa cpko fd;ktkrk gSa \

3. What are the duties of the engine crew while passing manned level crossing gate?esuM ysoy dzkflax xsV dks ikj djrs le; baftu dehZ ny ds D;k drZO; gS \

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE.USLAPUR. S.E.C.Railway.

Exam: Tech (ACRC) Time: 1.30 hrs. Total Marks: 30.

Group A: Put tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu’kku yxk;sa) Marks: 8.

1. If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ [kjkc gks tk;s arks Mh-ts- dks Dykst fd;k tk ldrk gSa

a. BP2DJ b. Q44 c. Q118.

2. While working the train D.J. will open on different notches but while testing there is no tripping during firststage of testing then it is known as -

Page 25: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

xkMh dke djrs le; ;fn Mh-ts- fofHkUu ukWap ij vksiu gksrkk gSa ,oa VsLVhax ds nkSjku QLV LVst esa dksbZ fVz~fiax ugha vkrh gSabls -

a. Operation B b. TWAC c. Operation B

3. If the compressed air pressure of SMGR is 2 Kg/cm2 then it will cause (SMGR dk daEizslM,vjizs’kj 2kg/cm2 gks tk;s arks ;g dkj.k gksxk) a. ICDJ b. Operation 1 c. None of the above (mijksDr esa ls dksbZ ugha)

4. WAG7 Loco continuous current ratting is - WAG 5 Loco yxkrkj djaV jsVhax gksrh gSaa. 900 Amps and 750Volt b. 750 Amps and 650 volt c. 600 Amps and 325 Volt

5. In Modified WAG5 Loco QD 2 is connected in betweenModified WAG5 Loco esa QD 2 yxh gSa

a. TM 5&6 a. TM4&5 c.TM 4&6

6. While grounding the loco when HOM handle keep from the Normal position to Earth position actiontake place in the loco are – tc yksdks dks xzkmaM fd;k tkrk gS ,oa HOM gS.My dks ukeZy iksth’ku ls vFkZ iksth’ku easa j[kk tkrk rks yksdks esa dk;Zokgh gksrhgSa _a. Air pressure supply towards the panto servo motor will stop (isUVks loksZ eksVj esa gok dk izs’kj tkuk can gks tkrkgS)b. Pressure all ready enter in the panto pipe line will exhaust through the vent hole of BV Box(isUVks ikbZi ykbZu esa igys ls x;k gqvk gOkk dks izs’kj B V Box ds osUV gksy ls fudy tk;sxk )c. Main transformer and roof equipments will ground and fichet keys become free (esu Vz~kalQkjej rFkk :Q esayxs midj.k xzkm.M gks tk;sxs ,oa fQpsV pkch fudkyh tk lds

7. RGEB2 is provided for - (RGEB2 yxk;k x;k gS) a. Air stock train b. Vac stock train c. None

8. Reverse High Voltage in RSI Block will cause (RSI CykWad esa fjoZl gkbZ okasYVst gksus ij gksxk)a. QRSI will drop (QRSI Mz~kWai gksxk)

b. LSRSI will glow (LSRSI dh cRrh tyus yxsxh) c. DJ will trip in operation “1” (Mh-ts- vkijs’ku 1 esa [kqy tk;sxk)

- 2 -

Group B: Fill up the blanks (fjDr LFkku Hkfj;s) Marks: 7.

1. During RB more than 1 Kg/cm2 pressure goes to B/cylinder; RB will cut off through --------------vkj-chds le; ;fn 1Kg/cm2 ls vf/kd izs’kj tkrk gSa rks vkj-ch- dV vkWaQ gksrk gS]-----------------------------------}kjk

Page 26: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

2. If Q30 interlock beomes defective on Q44 branch then DJ will open in OP --------------------------;fn Q30 dk baVjykWad D;w 44 ds ckzap ij [kjkc gks tkrk gS rks Mh-ts- vksiu gksxk

-------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. If LSBCR is glowing then it indicates to the Loco pilot that -------------------------------------------;fn LSBCR tyrk gSa rks ;g pkyd dks lwfpr djrk gSa fd

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4. If -------------------------------------------------------------- fuse will met then QRS will not energise.

------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Q;wt esaYV gksus ij QRS ,ujtkbZt ugha gksrhgSa A

5. Switch to clear the accidental bonding on control circuit is -------------------------------------------daVz̀ksy lfdZV ls ,DlhMsUVy ckm.aMhax nwj djus okyk Lohp gSa

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

6. If MVSL1 not working in Operation B while clearing block section current ratting will be -------------- Amps. ;fn MVSL1 vkijs’ku ch esa dk;Z ugha djrk rksa Cykd lsD’ku Dyh;j djrs le; djaV jsVhax gksxk ------------------------ ,Eil

7. Location of MCP safty valves is at---------------------------------------------------------------------------- MCP ds lsQVh okYol fd yksds’ku gksrh gSa--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Group C: Write the ansers of the following questions. Marks: 15. fuEufyf[kr iz’uks ds mRrj fyf[k;sa 15 vad

1. What is ICDJ? What are the main probable causes for ICDJ? When Q118 relay will not energise thenwhat trouble shooting will you perform?ICDJ D;k gS \ ICDJ ds lHkh izeq[k laHkkfor dkj.kksa dks fyf[k;sa \ tc Q118 fjys ,ujtkbZt ugha gksxh rks vki D;k Vz~cy‘kqfVax djsaxs \

2. If baby compressor is working but RS pressure will not build up then what trouble shooting will youperform?;fn csch daEizslj dk;Z djrk gSa fdUrq vkj ,l esa izs’kj ugha curk rksa vki D;k Vz~cy ‘kqfVax djsaxs \

3. What is the function of Mech VEF & Elec VEF? Where it is provided? If it becomes defective than whattrouble shooting will you perform? MechVEF & ElecVEF dk D;k dke gSaA ;g dgkWa yxk gSa \ ;fn ;g [kjkc gks tk;s arks vki D;k Vz~cy ‘kqVhax djsaxs \

Page 27: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE.USLAPUR. S.E.C.Railway.

Exam: SWR (RRB) Time: 2.00 hrs. Total Marks: 40.

Group A: Put tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu’kku yxk;sa) Marks: 8.

1. If the Relief engine failed in the Block Section then protection in rear will be ______________ ;fn lgk;rk yksdks Cykd lsD’ku esa Qsy gks tkrk gS rks mlds fiNs dk cpko gksxk ________________________a. 90 M,90M, 10 M, 45 M with red hand signal (yky gFk flxuy ds lkFk)

b. 250 M , 250 M , 10 M , 45 M with red hand signal (yky gFk flxuy ds lkFk)c. 600 M , 600 M, 10 M , 10 M , 45 M with red hand signal (yky gFk flxuy ds lkFk)

2. When Distant signal of an Intermediate Block Post is defective and can not be kept in the “ON” positionthen (tc vkbZ-ch- dk fMLVaV flxuy [kjkc gks tkrk gSa rc)a. IB will treated as working (vkbZ-ch-flxuy dks dk;Zjr ekusxs)b. IB will treated as defective (vkbZ-ch-flxuy dks [kjkc ekusax)c. None (dksbZ ugha)

3. The level crossing gate which will remain close for 24 hours and will open according to the requirement isknown as (ysoy dzkflax xsV tks 24 ?kaUVs can jgrk gS ,oa vko”;drk iMus ij [kksyk tkrk gSa mls dgrs gS

a. A class level crossing gate b. B class level crossing gate c. C class level corssing gate

4. In case of temporary single line working introduce in double line section than Loco Pilot will get McyykbZu ds lsD’ku esa flaxy ykbZu ofdZax ykxw gksus ij yksdks ik;yV dks vFkkfjfV nh tk;sxh

a. T/D 602 b. T/A 602 c.None

5. Double distant signalling section in Double line section station limit will be (Mcy fMLVaV okys flaxufyax lsD’kuesa Mcy ykbZu ds lsD’ku esa LVs’ku fyfeV gksrh gSaa. From outer most distant signal to last stop signals. Lkcls ckgjh fMLVaV flxuy ls ykLV LVki flxuy rd A

b. From inner distant signal to last stop signal in both the lines. buj fMLVV flxuy ls vafre jksd flxuy rd nksuks ykbZuks esa A

c. From home signal to Advance starter (gkse flxuy ls ,Moakl LVkZVj rd)

6. When UP train is require to back on the down line then authority istc vi Vz~su dks Mkmu ykbZu ij cSd djuk gks rks vFkkfjfV feysaxh

Page 28: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

a. T/806 with P.V.N0. of Block Back /Block Forward if require T/806 ij Cykd cSd;k Cykd QkjoM ds izkbZosV ua- ds lkFk ;fn vko’;d gks rks b. T/ 509

c. T/A 602 with P.V. No. (T/A 602 izkbZosV ua- ds lkFk)

7. The speed restriction which will imposed for the short time is known asLihM fjLVz~hd’ku tks FkksMs le; ds fy;as ykxw fd;k tkrk gS mls dgrs gSa

a. Parmanent Engg. Speed Restriction. (ijeusaUV bthfu;fjax LihM fjLVz~hd’ku)b. Semipermanent Engg. Speed Restriction (lseh ijeusaUV bthfu;fjax LihM fjLVz~hd’ku)c. Temporary Engg. Speed Restriction. (VsEijjh bthfu;fjax LihM fjLVz~hd’ku)

8. When passenger train admitting on goods yard then the speed of the train will be - tc iSlsatj xkMh dks xqMl ;kMZ esa fy;k tkrk gSa rks xkMh dh LihM gksxha. 20 Kmph b. 30 Kmph c. None.

Group B: Fill up the blanks (fjDr LFkku Hkfj;s) Marks: 8.

1. When A class O.D.C. is attached to the train then speed is ------------------------------------ Kmph. tc xkMh ds lkFk , Dykl vks-Mh-lh- tqMh gks rks LihM -------------------Kmph gksxh.

2. While passing any train through from the level crossing gate the position of the gate man during day shallbe----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------tc dksbZ xkMh fdlh ysoy dzkflax xsV ls Fkzw ikl gks jgh gks rc fnu ds le; xsV esu fd LFkhfr gksukpkfg;s------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. T/F 602 is given for------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- T/F 602 fn;k tkrk gaS ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ds fy;s A

4. Speed of the second train running with T/D 602 during TSL working is ------------------- Kmph. T/D602 ysdj pyus okyh nwljh xkMh fd xfr TSL ofdZax ds nkSjku ------------------------------------------------------------- KMPH gksrh gS

5. If Gd not exchange signal than whistle code is ----------------------------xkMZ }kjk flxuy ,Dlpsat ugha djus ij Oghfly dksM gSa ---------------------------------------------------------

6. The signal which is placed below any stop signal except First stop signal is known as --------------- ,Slk flxuy ftls izFke jksd flxuy ds uhps NksMdj fdlh Hkh jksd flxuy ds uhps yxk;k tk ldrk gSa mls dgrs gS

-------

7. Minimum signals in MOMA B class station are -------------------------------------------------------- MOMA B Dykl ds LVs’ku ij de ls de flxuy -------------------------------------------------- gksrs gS A

8. Sand Hump is provided for----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- lS.M gEi dks yxk;k x;k gasS --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ds fy;s

Page 29: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

Group C: Write the ansers of the following questions. Marks: 15.

fuEufyf[kr iz’uks ds mRrj fyf[k;sa

1. How will you work the train in case of total interruption in double line section?Mcy ykbZu esa laaiw.kZ lapkj O;oLFkk Hkax gksus ij xkMh;ksa dk ifjpkyu dSls fd;k tkrk gS \

2. Write the details of GR 6.03? GR 6.03 dks iw.kZ fooj.k ds lkFk fyf[k;sa \

3. What are the duties of L.P. ,A.L.P. and Guard in case of train detain at the first stop signal ? izFke jksd flxuy ij xkMh foyachr gks tkus ij yksdks ik;yV lgk;d yksdks ik;yV ,oa xkMZ ds drZO; fyf[k;sa \

Group D: Write the ansers of the following questions. Marks: 9.

fuEufyf[kr iz’uks ds mRrj fyf[k;sa

a. T/A 602 and T/D602 b T/409 and T/B 409 c. BSLB and SLB

***********

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE.USLAPUR. S.E.C.Railway.

Exam: SWR (RRB) Time: 2.00 hrs. Total Marks: 40.

Group A: Put tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu’kku yxk;sa) Marks: 8.

1. Types of manned level crossing gates (esuM ysoy dzkflax ds izdkj gksrs gS)esuM ysoy dzkflax ds izdkj gksrs gS

a. 2 b. 3 c. 4 2. Normal aspect of inner distant signal is (bujfMLVaV flxuy dk ukeZy vklisDV gksrk gS)

buj fMLVaV flxuy dk ukeZy vklisDV gksrk gSa. Caution (lrZd) b. Attention (lko/kku) c. Proceed (vkxs c<ks)

3. Types of shunt signals are (‘kaV flxuy ds izdkj gksrs gSa)

a. 3 types b. 2 types c. 4 types 4. Minimum Brake power require to clear the load from the road side station jksM lkbZM LVs’ku ls yksM Dyh;j djrs le; de ls de czsd ikoj gksuk pkfg;s

a. 85% b. 75% c. 70 %

Page 30: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

5. The level crossing gate which will open during day and close during night is known as – (ysoy dzkflax xsV tks fnu esa [kqyk ,oa jkr esa can jgrk gSa mls dgrs gS) a. A class level crossing gate b. B class level crossing gate c. C class level corssing gate6. The adequate distance kept beyond the Home signal is known as (gkse flxuy ds vkxs tks laj{kk nwjh j[khtkrh gS mls dgrs gS) a. Block Overlap (Cykd vksoj ysi) b.Signal Overlap (flxuy vksoj ysi) c. Sighting distance (n’̀;rk nwjh)

7. In case of rail fracture is less serious in the nature then after proper repairing the speed of the train will be(;fn jsy QzsDpj de flfj;l gks rks lgha fjis;j djus ds ckn xkMh fd xfr gksxh)

a. 20 Kmph b. 15 Kmph c. 30 Kmph

8. In case of temporary single line working introduce in double line section than Loco Pilot will get McyykbZu ds lsD’ku esa flaxy ykbZu ofdZax ykxw gksus ij yksdks ik;yV dks vFkkfjfV nh tk;sxh

a. T/D 602 b. T/A 602 c.None

Group B: Write the ansers of the following questions. Marks: 15. fuEufyf[kr iz’uks ds mRrj fyf[k;sa

1. How to pass the I.B. signal in “ON” position? When there is no communication between both the SMand IB Phone is working. (tc nkaasuks LVs’ku ekLVj ds e?; ckrphr can gks ,oa vkbZ-ch- flxuy vku gks rks mls dSls ikjdjsxs] ;fn vkbZ-ch- Qksu dk;Zjr gks)

2. How will you work the train in single line section in case of total interruption?flaxyykbzZu esa laiw.kZ lapkj O;oLFkk Hkax gksus ij xkMh;ksa dk ifjpkyu dSls fd;k tkrk gS

3. What will be the Engg. Protection when the train is require to stop and restriction is less then a day inplane section and in down grediant? Draw the neat diagram of the above protection. LoPN js[kk fp+= [khpdj le>kb;s tc xkMh dks [kMk djuk gks ,oa izfrca?k ,d fnu ls de dk gks rks ysoy lsD’ku ,oa Mkmu xzfM,aV okys lsD’ku esa dSls bathfu;fjax izksVsD’ku fd;k tk;sxk \

Group C: Fill up the blanks (fjDr LFkku Hkfj;s) Marks: 8.

1. When distant siganal combined with last stop signal and when it is taken off it work as --- ------------ Signal. tc fMLVaV flxuy dks vafre jksd flxuy ds lkFk tksMk tkrk gSa ,oa ;fn flxuy vkQ gS rks ;g------------------------------ flxuy fd rjg dk;Z dj jgk gS A

2. When train will start from the yard having with common starter then Loco Pilot will get along with theauthority to proceed --------------------------------------------- tc xkMh dks dkWaeu LVkVZj okys ;kMZ ls LVkZV fd;k tkrk gS rks yksdks ik;yV dks vFkkfjfV Vw izksflM ds lkFk fn;k tk;sxk-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Page 31: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

3. Identification Mrak for Repeating Signal in MACLS signalling is --------------------------------------- MACLS flaxufyax O;oLFkk esa fjfifVax flxuy dk igpku fpUg gksrk gS -------------------------------------------

4. In double line absolute block section in case of total interruption authority for the second train is-------------------- and the speed of the second train is ----------- and -------- Kmph.nksgjh ykbZu ds ,ClksY;qV Cykd flLVe esa laiw.kZ lapkj O;oLFkk Hkax gksus ij nwljh xkMh dks -------------------------------vFkkfjfV fn tkrh gSa ,oa xkMh fd xfr ------------- ,oa ----------Kmph gksrh gSa A

5. In case of Train dividing the authority given to the Loco pilot by the Guard is ----------------------- Vz~su fMokbZfMax ds le; xkMZ }kjk yksdks ik;yV dks -------------------------------------------- vFkkfjfV fn tkrh gS A

6. When more than one shunt signals are provided in a same post then the top most shunt signal is applyfor----------------------------------------------- line .tc ,d [kaHks ij ,d ls T;knk ‘kaV flxuyks dks yxk;k tkrk gS rks lcls mij dk ‘kaV flxuy--------------------------------------------- ykbZu ds fy;s ykxw gksrk gS A

7. Minimum equipment of signals in MOMA B Class stations are -----------------------------------------MOMA” B” Dykl ds LVs’ku ij de ls de flxuy yxk;s tkrs gSa ----------------------------------------------------

8. Trap indicator is having two aspects ------------------------- and ----------------------------Vz~si bafMdsVj ds nks vkLisDV gksrs gS -------------------------- ,oa -------------------------------

GroupD: Write short of the following (fuEufyf[kr ij laf{kIr fVI i.kh fyf[k;) Marks: 9.

a. C & T Board. b. GR 6.03 c. T/A 602.

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE.USLAPUR. S.E.C.Railway.

Exam: SWR (ACRC 11) Time: 1.30 hrs. Total Marks: 30.

Group A: Put tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu”kku yxk;sa) Marks: 8.

Page 32: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

1. In the case of shunting of train containing explosives the shunting shall be supervised byToyu”khy inkFkZ ds lkFk “kafVax fdl ds fujh{k.k esa djuk pkfg,

a.Guard (xkMZ) b. Jamadar (teknkj) c. Station Master (LVs”ku ekLVj).

2. Special instructions are issued by

a. CRC b. COM c. Authorised Officer.

3. Route Indicators are treated asa. Stop signal b. Caution signal c. Substitue signal.

4. Where damaged vehicle can be attached in goods train. a. Before brake van b. After brake van c. Next to engine.

5. The level crossing gate which will open during day and close during night is known as – (ysoy dzkflax xsV tks fnu esa [kqyk ,oa jkr esa can jgrk gSa mls dgrs gS)

a. A class level crossing gate b. B class level crossing gate c. C class level corssing gate

6. While working with T/A 602, the speed of the train shall be a. 15/10 kmph b. 15/8 kmph c. 25/8 kmph.

7. In which situation one detonator will be used a. During foggy weather b. In case approaching signal becomes defective in OFF position c. In case starter signal becomes defective.

Page 33: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

- 2 -

Group B: Fill up the blanks (fjDr LFkku Hkfj;s) Marks: 8.

9. CWR means …………………………………………………………………………………CWR dk foLrkfjr :i-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

10. Whistle code for protect the train in rear ……………………………………………………xkM+h ds ihNs lqj{kk djus dk fofly dksM D;k gS----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11. Normal aspect of Routing Home signal is ………………………………………………….:fVax gkse flaXuy dk ukeZy ,LisDV gS--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12. Minimum distance between Home signal & Distant signal shall be ……………mts.gkse flaXuy ,oa fMLVsaV flaXuy dh de ls de nwjh ------------------------------------------------------------------- ehVj gSA+++

13. Indication of Attention aspect is ……………………………………………………………..Lko/kku flaXuy dk funsZ”k D;k gS-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

14. New authority form of Conditional Line Clear ticket for DN train is ………………………daMh”kuy ykbZu fVfdV Mkmu xkM+h ds fy, u;s vWFkkfjVh QkeZ D;k gS------------------------------------------------------------------------------

15. As per GR 4.12 the speed of the train shall be …………………… kmph.GR 4.12 ds vuqlkj xkM+h dh xfr fdruh gksuh pkfg, -------------------------------------------------- fd-eh-

16. Minimum equipment of signals in MOMA C Class stations are ------------------------------------MOMA C Dykl LVs”ku esa U;wure midj.k---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Group C: Write the ansers of the following questions (fuEufyf[kr iz’uks ds mRrj fyf[k;sa) Marks:15.

4. In how many situations authority T/369 (3b) will be given to the loco pilot? T/369 (3b) ;g vWFkkfjVh fdu ifjfLFkfr;ksa esa nh tkrh gS\

5. As per GR 3.78, what are the duties of engine crew?GR 3.78 ds vuqlkj baftu pkyd ny dk drZO; D;k gS\

6. In how many situations three detonators are used, write in details?3 MsVksusVj dk mi;ksx fdu ifjLFkfr;ksa esa gksrk gS foLrkj esa fyf[k;s\

Page 34: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE.USLAPUR. S.E.C.Railway.

Exam: Tech (DP) Time: 2.00 hrs. Total Marks: 40.

Group A: Put tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu”kku yxk;sa) Marks: 7.

1. If additional CCBA will melt then (;fn ,fM’kuy CCBA esYV gks tk;sxk rks)

a. Q46 will not energise (Q46,ujtkbZt ugha gksxk) b. Q52 will not energise (Q52 ,ujtkbZt ugha gksxk)c. None of the above (mijksDr esa ls dksbZ ugha)

2. In auto flasher, PR2 is provided for the purpose of (vkVks Qys’j yksdks esa PR2 ds yxkus dk m}s’;) a. To switch ON the auto flasher light (vkVkas Qys’j ykbZV dks tyokus ds fy;s) b. When B.P. will recharge and P2 will open then after Driver will take the notches otherwise Driver will getTLTE (c ch-ih- iwjh rjg ls pktZ gks tkrk gS,o ih2 dk baVjykwad [qky tkrk gSaa rks Mz~k- ukp ys lds vU;Fkk mlsTLTEfeysxk) c. None of the above (mijksDr esa ls dksbZ ugha)

3. Over current in the circuit of Air Dryer will cause (Air Dryer ds lfdZV esa vksoj djaV gksus ij gksxk) a. CCLSA will melt (CCLSA esYV gksxk) b. CCLS will melt (CCLS esYVgksxk) c. None of the above (mijksDr esa ls dksbZ ugha)

4. In case of slipped pinion, after isolating the Traction Motor, Loco Pilot should (LyhIM fifu;u gksus ij Vz~sD’kueksVj dks vkbZlksysV djus ds ckn yksdks ik;yV dks djuk pkfg;as)a. Only clear the Block Section ( dsoy Cykd lsD’ku Dyh;j djsaxs )b. Fail the loco in the Block section (Cykd lsD’ku esa yksdks dks Qsy djsaxs)c. None of the above (mijksDr esa ls dksbZ ugha)

5. When MPS kept on 3rd position than (MPS dks 3 ij j[kus ls)c. S13, S23, S33, S43, S53, S63 will close (Dykst gksxs) b. S12, S22, S32, S42, S52, S62 will close (Dykst gksxs) c. None of the above (mijksDr esa ls dksbZ ugha)

Page 35: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

6. While working the train if C107 opens on 20th notches then Dr.will gets

xkMh dke djrs le; ;fn C107- 20 ukWap ij vksiu gksrkk gSa rks pkyd dks feysxk -a. Operation 2 b. Operation B c. TWAC

vkWaijs’ku 2 vkWaijs’ku ch Vh-MCyw-,-lh-

7. Before proceeding for trouble shooting in the trailing loco of M.U. Loco pilot should – (M U Loco esa Vz~cy ‘kqfVax djus gsrq VZ~sfyax yksdks esa tkrs le; yksdks ik;yV dks djuk pkfg,)a. Check CCBA in leading loco (CCBA Q;wt dks psd djuk pkfg,) b. Operate BP2DJ (BP2DJ dks vkijsV djsaxs) c. Operate BLSN and check the fiting M.U. jumper connections. (BLSN dksvkijsV djds M.U. taEij ds dusD’ku psd djsaxs)

- 2 -

Group B: Fill up the blanks (fjDr LFkku Hkfj;s) Marks: 7.

1. CCLS melts on 10th notch LP will get-------------------------------------------------------------------10 ukp ij CCLS Q;wt esaYV gksus yksdks ik;yV dks feysxk -------------------------------------------------------

2. If the rear cab BL is not properly locked then while working the Loco from the other cab Loco pilot will get -----------------------------------------------------------------------------;fn fiNs dSc dk BL lgh rjhds ls ykWad ugha fd;k x;k rks nqljs dSc ls yksdks dks dk;Z djrs le; yksdks ik;yV dks feysxk ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. If LSBCR is glowing then it indicates to the Loco pilot that -----------------------------------------;fn LSBCR tyrk gSa rks ;g pkyd dks lwfpr djrk gSa fd ------------------------------------------------------

4. The normal position of QFL is -----------------------------------------------------------QFL fjys fd lkekU; iksth’ku gksrh gSa -------------------------------------------------------------

5. P2 contact closes if charging pressure drops to ----------------------- Kg/cm2 P2 dk dkWaVsDV Dykst gksrk gS ;fn pkftZax izs’kj MzkWai gksrk gSa ---------------------- Kg/cm2

6. If short circuiting will take place in L2 then ------------------- fuse will melt. L2 eaas ‘kkVZ lfdZV gksus ij ------------------------------------------------ Q;wt esYV gksxk A

7. During RB more than 1 Kg/cm2 pressure goes to B/cylinder; RB will cut off through --------------

Page 36: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

vkj-chds le; ;fn 1Kg/cm2 ls vf/kd izs’kj tkrk gSa rks vkj-ch- dV vkWaQ gksrk gS]-----------------------------------}kjk

Group C: Draw the diagram of DJ Control circuit Marks: 5.

GroupD: Write short of the following (fuEufyf[kr ij laf{kIr fVI i.kh fyf[k;) Marks: 9.

a. C3W Distributor valve. b. QCON c. Auto Flasher Light.

Group E: Write the answers of the following questions Marks: 12 fuEufyf[kr iz’uks ds mRrj fyf[k;s

1.What is operation 2 \ what trouble shooting will you perform during Operation 2 \ vkijs’ku 2D;k gSa \ vkijs’ku 2 feyus ij vki D;k Vz~cy ‘kqfVax djsaxs \

2.What trouble shooting will you do if earth fault in auxiliary power circuit in Static Converterloco? LVsfVd daoVZj yksdks esa ;fn vkWCt_yjh ikoj lfdZV esa vfkZ QkWYV gksus ij vki D;k Vzcy lwfVax djsaxs\

3. In Microprocessor Loco if GR not progresses at all then what trouble shooting will you do? ekbDjks izkslslj yksdks esa ;fn th vkj izksxzsl ugha gksrk gS rks vki D;k Vzcy lwfVax djsaxss\

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR.

Exam: Tech (ACRC-11) Time: 1.30 hrs. Total marks: 30.

Group A: Put tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu’kku yxkbZ;s ) Marks: 8.

1. QCVAR (AC) deenergising value is (QCVAR A.C fM,ujtkbZt gksrh gSa) a. 157 Volt b. 75 Volt c. 215 Volt

2. Probable defects of Operation 1 are (Operation 1 ds lHkh laHkkfor dkj.k gSa)a. MVSL1, MVSL2, MPH, QPH, b. C105, C106, C107 NOI on Q118 branch. c. MVSI1, QVSI1, MVSI2, QVSI2, ASMGR interlock on Q44 branch.

3. If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by (;fnBLRDJ[kjkc gks tk;s arks Mh-ts- dks Dykst fd;k tk ldrk gSa

a. Q118. b. Q44 c. BP2DJ

4. If GR is stuck up in between notch then DJ will open through ;fn th-vkj- fcVfou ukp esa Ql tk;s rks Mh-ts- vksiu gksxk ------- ds }kjk

Page 37: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

a. Q44 b. Q45 c. Q118-

5. Arno fails to pick up the full speed then loco pilot will get the tripping in – Arno ;fn Qqy LihM ugh fidvi djrk gSa rks yksdks ik;yV dks fVz~fiax feysxk

a. Operation B b. Operation O c.Operation A

6. Q48 relay will energise when (Q48 fjys,ujtkbZt gksxh ;fn) a. QD will energies b. Q51 will energies c.Q52will energies

7. Short circuiting in L3 will cause (L3 esa ‘kkVZ lfdZV gksus ij gksxk)a. CCPT will melt (CCPT Q;wt esYV gksxk)b. CCA will melt (CCA Q;wt esYV gksxk)c. CCBA will melt (CCBA Q;wt esYV gksxk)

8. Duplex valve will get the air pressure from the (MqiysDl okYo dks ,vj izs’kj feyrk gSa)a. MR1 b. MR2 c. MR3

Group B: Answer the following questions (fuEufyf[kr i z’uk s ds mRrj fyf[k; s) 15Marks.

1. What is ICDJ? What are the main probable causes for ICDJ? When Q118 relay will not energise thenwhat trouble shooting will you perform?ICDJ D;k gS \ ICDJ ds lHkh izeq[k laHkkfor dkj.kksa dks fyf[k;sa \ tc Q118 fjys ,ujtkbZt ugha gksxh rks vki D;k Vz~cy‘kqfVax djsaxs \

2. What is the function of C3W Distributor valve? Where it is provided? If it becomes defective than whattrouble shooting will you perform? C3W Distributor valve dk D;k dke gSa A ;g dgkWa yxk gSa \ ;fn ;g [kjkc gks tk;s arks vki D;k Vz~cy ‘kqVhax djsaxs \

3. What is the procedure of grounding and ungrounding of the loco\Ykksdks dks xzkmafMax ,oa vuxzkmafMax djus dk rjhdk D;k gS\

- 2 –

Group C: Fill up the blanks (fjDr LFkku Hkfj; s) Marks: 7.

1. BLRDJ and BP2DJ both are becomes defective then DJ can be close by-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- BLRDJ,oa BP2DJ nksuks [kjkc gks tkrs gSa rks Mh ts dks Dykst fd;k tkrk gSa -----------------------------------------………….. ds}kjk

Page 38: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

2. After keeping MP on P if LSB will glow continuously then what Trouble shooting will you perform----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------;fnMP dks P esa j[kusa ls LSB yxkrkj tyrk jgrk gSaa rksa vki D;k Vz~cy ‘kqfVax djsaxs--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. If LSBCR is glowing then it indicates to the Loco pilot that------------------------------------------------------;fn LSBCR tyrk gSa rks ;g pkyd dks lwfpr djrk gSa fd

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------……….

4. If -------------------------------------------------------------- fuse will met then QRS will not energise.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Q;wt esaYV gksus ij QRS ,ujtkbZt ugha gksrh gSa A

5. Location of MCP safty valves is at-------------------------------------------------------------------------- MCP ds lsQVh okYol fd yksds’ku gksrh gSa--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

6. Q52 will stuck up in energise condition on 10th notch then Dr. will get --------------------------------- Q52 ;fn ,ujtkbZt voLFkk esa LVd vi gks tk;s arks ]10 os ukWap ij rks Mz~k- dks feysxk -----------------------------------………….

7. Q30 relay will energise on ------------------------------------------- Volt. Q30 fjys dk ,ujtkbZftax osY;w gSa ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ oksYV

-

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR.

Page 39: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

Exam: Tech (DP) Time: 2.00 hrs. Total marks: 40.

Group A: Answer the following questions (fuEufyf[kr i z’uk s ds mRrj fyf[k; s) 12Marks.

1. How will you energise the Microprocessor loco (MEDHA MAKE)Ekbdzks izkslsl yksdks (MEDHA MAKE) ,uZtkbl djus dk rjhdk fyf[k;s

2. In Static converter loco if DJ is not closing, what trouble shooting will you do?;fn bLVsfVd duZoZVj yksdks esa DJ Dykst+ ugha gksus ij D;k VzcylwfVax djsaxs\

3.In Multiple loco, if GR is not progressing in rear loco then what trouble shooting will you do?;fn eYVhiqy yksdks esa GR izkaxzsl ugha gks jgk gS ihNs yksdks esa rc D;k VzcylwfVax djsaxs\

Group B: Write short of the following (fuEufyf[kr ij laf{kIr fVI i.kh fyf[k;) Marks: 9.

a. F1 Selector valve b. QSIT c. QTD 101

Group C: Draw the diagram of modified blower circuit. Marks: 5.eksfMQkbM cyksoj lfdZV dk fp= cukb;sA

Group D: Fill up the blanks (fjDr LFkku Hkfj;s) Marks: 7.

1. In WAG9 loco if the Loco Status is showing “92 “it indicates---------------------------------------;fn yksdks dk LVsVl 92 gS rks ;g lqfpr djrk gS---------------------------------------------------------

2. Speedometer transmitter is provided on the wheel no ---------------------------------- in WAG9 Loco.

LihMksehVj Vz~kalehVj WAG9 yksdks esa pDdk ua ------------------------------------------ ij yxk gksrk gS

3. If short circuiting will take place in L4 then ------------------- fuse will melt. L4 eaas “kkVZ lfdZV gksus ij ------------------------------------------------ Q;wt esYV gksxk A

4. On putting A9 on emergency position the relay ……………………….. will energise. (;fnA9 dks beZtsalh iksft”ku ij dkSu lk fjys ,uZtkbl gksxk ------------------------------------------------------------------

5. The function of relay QE is ……………………………………………………………………. QE fjys dk dke D;k -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------gS

6. On pressing SW1/SW2 the relay --------------------------- will energise. SW1/SW2 izsl djus ds ckn fjys --------------------------------------------------------- ,uZtkbl gksxk

7. HSIV is a ……………………………………………………………………………………….. HSIV dk dke--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------gSA

Page 40: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

- 2 -

Group E: Put tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu’kku yxkbZ;) Marks: 7.

1. Q 48 relay will energise when (Q48 fjys,ujtkbZt gksxh ;fn) a. QD energies b. Q51 energies c. Q52 energies

2. In case of slipped pinion, after isolating the Traction Motor, Loco Pilot should (LyhIM fifu;u gksus ij Vz~sD’kueksVj dks vkbZlksysV djus ds ckn yksdks ik;yV dks djuk pkfg;as)

a. Only clear the Block Section (dsoy Cykd lsD’ku Dyh;j djsaxs)b. Fail the loco in the Block section (Cykd lsD’ku esa yksdks dks Qsy djsaxs)c. None of the above (mijksDr esa ls dksbZ ugha)

3.Without closing any BL switches if CCA repeatedly melts even after keeping HOBA in OFF positionthen what trouble shooting will you perform (cxSj dksbZ ch-,y- Lohp Dykst fd;s ;fn lh-lh-,- Q;wt yxkrkj esYVgksrk gSa HOBA dks vkQ djus ds mijkWar rks vki D;k Vz~cy ‘kqfVax djsaxs)

a. Renew CCA and wedge Q100 in deenergise condition and wedge require no. of contactors (CCA dksu;k yxkdj Q100 dks fM,ujtkbZt voLFkk esa ost djds fu?kkZfjr ek=k esa dkWaVsDVj dks ost dj nsaxs)

b. Wedge C105,C106,C107 only and work the train (C105,C106,C107 dks ost djds xkMhdke djsaxs)c. None of the above (mijksDr esa ls dksbZ ugha)

4. While grounding the loco when HOM handle keep from the Normal position to Earth position actiontake place in the loco are – tc yksdks dks xzkmaM fd;k tkrk gS ,oa HOM gS.My dks ukeZy iksth’ku ls vFkZ iksth’ku easa j[kk tkrk rks yksdks esa dk;Zokgh gksrhgSa

a. Air pressure supply towards the panto servo motor will stop (isUVks loksZ eksVj esa gok dk izs’kj tkuk can gks tkrkgS)b. Pressure all ready enter in the panto pipe line will exhaust through the vent hole of BV Box(isUVks ikbZi ykbZu esa igys ls x;k gqvk gOkk dks izs’kj B V Box ds osUV gksy ls fudy tk;sxk)c. Main transformer and roof equipments will ground and fichet keys become free (esu Vz~kalQkjej rFkk :Q esayxs midj.k xzkm.M gks tk;sxs ,oa fQpsV pkch fudkyh tk lds

5. Over current in the circuit of Air Dryer will cause (Air Dryer ds lfdZV esa vksoj djaV gksus ij gksxk)

a. CCLSA will melt (CCLSA esYV gksxk) b. CCLS will melt (CCLS esYVgksxk)

Page 41: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

c. None of the above (mijksDr esa ls dksbZ ugha)

6. In auto flasher, PR2 is provided for the purpose of (vkVks Qys’j yksdks esa PR2 ds yxkus dk m}s’;)

a. To switch ON the auto flasher light (vkVkas Qys’j ykbZV dks tyokus ds fy;s) b. When B.P will recharge and P2 will open then after Driver will take the notches otherwise Driver will getTLTE (c ch-ih- iwjh rjg ls pktZ gks tkrk gS,o ih2 dk baVjykwad [qky tkrk gSaa rks Mz~k- ukp ys lds vU;Fkk mlsTLTEfeysxk) c. None of the above (mijksDr esa ls dksbZ ugha)

7. In WAG9 loco parking brake can not be activated if the speed of the Locomotive exceedsikfdZax czsd ugha yxsxs ;fn yksdks fd xfr vf/kd gksxh (WAG9)

a. 5 Kmph b. 10 Kmph c. None of the above (mijksDr es ls dksbZ ugha)

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR.

Exam: Tech (DP2) Time: 2.00 hrs. Total marks: 40.

Group A: Answer the following questions (fuEufyf[kr i z’uk s ds mRrj fyf[k; s) 12Marks.

1. What trouble shooting will you do if earth fault in auxiliary power circuit in Static Converterloco? LVsfVd daoVZj yksdks esa ;fn vkWCt_yjh ikoj lfdZV esa vfkZ QkWYV gksus ij vki D;k Vzcy lwfVax djsaxs\

2. In Microprocessor Loco if GR not progresses at all then what trouble shooting will you do? ekbDjks izkslslj yksdks esa ;fn th vkj izksxzsl ugha gksrk gS rks vki D;k Vzcy lwfVax djsaxss\

3. What trouble shooting will you do if abnormal sound is coming from traction motors in WAG7 loco?Vzsd”ku eksVj ls /kqvka fudyrk gS ;k dksbZ vlekU; vkokt+ lqukbZ nsrh gS] rks D;k VzcylwfVax djsaxs\

Group B: Draw the diagram of BP Charging in WAG7 loco. Marks: 5. WAG-7 yksdks dk chi h pkftZax dk fp= cukb;s

Group C: Write short of the following (fuEufyf[kr ij laf{kIr fVI i.kh fyf[k; ) Marks: 9.

a. C3W Distributor valve b. QCON c. BPCS.

Group D: Fill up the blanks (fjDr LFkku Hkfj;s) Marks: 7.

1. In WAG9 loco if the Loco Status is showing “91 “it indicates---------------------------------------;fn yksdks dk LVsVl 91 gS rks ;g lqfpr djrk gS---------------------------------------------------------

Page 42: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

2. Speedometer transmitter is provided on the wheel no ---------------------------------- in WAG9 Loco.

LihMksehVj Vz~kalehVj WAG9 yksdks esa pDdk ua ------------------------------------------ ij yxk gksrk gS

3. On pressing SW1/SW2 the relay --------------------------- will energise. SW1/SW2 izsl djus ds ckn fjys --------------------------------------------------------- ,uZtkbl gksxk

4. HSIV is a ……………………………………………………………………………………….. HSIV dk dke--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------gSA

5. Q52 will stuck up in energise condition on 10th notch then Dr. will get --------------------------------- Q52 ;fn ,ujtkbZt voLFkk esa LVd vi gks tk;s arks ]10 os ukWap ij rks Mz~k- dks feysxk -----------------------------------………….

6. Q30 relay will energise on ------------------------------------------- Volt. Q30 fjys dk ,ujtkbZftax osY;w gSa ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ oksYV

7. After keeping MP on P if LSB will glow continuously then what Trouble shooting will you perform----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------;fnMP dks P esa j[kusa ls LSB yxkrkj tyrk jgrk gSaa rksa vki D;k Vz~cy ‘kqfVax djsaxs--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- 2 -Group E: Put tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu’kku yxkbZ;) Marks: 7.

1. Over current in the circuit of Air Dryer will cause (Air Dryer ds lfdZV esa vksoj djaV gksus ij gksxk)

a. CCLSA will melt (CCLSA esYV gksxk) b. CCLS will melt (CCLS esYVgksxk) c. None of the above (mijksDr esa ls dksbZ ugha)

2. QCVAR (AC) deenergising value is (QCVAR A.C fM,ujtkbZt gksrh gSa) a. 157 Volt b. 75 Volt c. 215 Volt

3. RGEB2 is provided for - (RGEB2 yxk;k x;k gS) a. Air stock train b. Vac stock train c. None

4. If additional CCBA will melt then (;fn ,fM’kuy CCBA esYV gks tk;sxk rks)

a. Q46 will not energise (Q46,ujtkbZt ugha gksxk) b. Q52 will not energise (Q52 ,ujtkbZt ugha gksxk)

Page 43: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

c. None of the above (mijksDr esa ls dksbZ ugha)

5. In case of slipped pinion, after isolating the Traction Motor, Loco Pilot should (LyhIM fifu;u gksus ijVz~sD”ku eksVj dks vkbZlksysV djus ds ckn yksdks ik;yV dks djuk pkfg;as)a. Only clear the Block Section ( dsoy Cykd lsD’ku Dyh;j djsaxs )b. Fail the loco in the Block section ( Cykd lsD’ku esa yksdks dks Qsy djsaxs )c. None of the above (mijksDr esa ls dksbZ ugha)

6. In WAG9 loco parking brake can not be activated if the speed of the Locomotive exceedsikfdZax czsd ugha yxsxs ;fn yksdks fd xfr vf/kd gksxh (WAG9)

a. 5 Kmph b. 10 Kmph c. None of the above (mijksDr es ls dksbZ ugha)

7. What is the time lag of QTD103 (QTD103 dk VkbZe ykWx fdruk gS) a. 4 seconds b. 5 Seconds c. 6 Seconds

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE USLAPUR.

Exam: 3 Phase Loco. Time: 1.30 hrs. Total Marks: 30.

Group A: Put tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu’kku yxkbZ;) Marks: 10.1. Gear ratio of WAG9 Loco is (WAG9 yksdks dk fx;j jsf’kvks gksrk gS) a. 1: 5.133 b. 1:4.123 c. 1: 2.156

2. Secondary suspension vertical damper is provided (lsds.Mjh lLisa’ku ofVZdy MaEij yxk gksrk gSa) a. Axle journal and bogie frame (,Dly tujy ,oa cksxh Qzse ds e/;) b. Bogie frame and Loco body under frame (cksxh Qzse ,oa yksdks ckMh dk vMj Qzzse)

Page 44: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

c.None of the above (mijksDr es ls dksbZ ugha)

3. New wheel diameter of WAG9 Loco is (WAG9 yksdks esa yxs u;s pDds dk O;kl gksrk gSa) a. 1092 mm b. 1054 mm c.1016 mm

4. Oil pump for converter1 is provided nearduoVZj dzeWkd1 ds rsy dks ?kqekus okyk iaEi yxk gksrk gS] ds ikl esa

aa. BUR 1 b.HB1 c. Oil cooling unit , transformer/converter 1 (Vz~kalQkjej rFkk duoVZj1 ds rsy dks Ba.Mk djus okys ;qfuV uEcj 1 ds ikl)

d. None of the above (mijksDr es ls dksbZ ugha)

5. Parking Brake can not be activated if the speed of the Locomotive exceedsikfdZax czsd ugha yxsxs ;fn yksdks fd xfr vf/kd gksxh

a. 1.5 Kmph b. 5 Kmph c. 10 Kmph d. None of the above (mijksDr es ls dksbZ ugha)

6. Constant Speed Control (CSC) can be activated at any speed abovedkUlVsUV LihM daVz~ksy dk;Z djrk gS tc yksdks fd xfr

a. 5 Kmph b. 8 Kmph c. 3 Kmph

7. If the speed of WAG9 loco becomes 110 kmph than actions take palce in the cab are WAG9 yksdks fd xfr tc 110 kmph gks tkrh gS rks dSc esa feyus okys vlkekU; y{k.k gksxs

a. Buzzer will sound, Emergency Braking will take place, P2 fault message will display on the Screen (ctZj ctsxk ] bejtsalh czfdax gksxh] Ldzhu ij P2 dk QkYV eSlst utj vk;sxk)

b. Only Buzzer will sound (dsoy ctZj ctsxk)c. Only emergency braking will take place (dsoy bejtsUlh czsfdax gksxh)

8. In WAG9 loco each traction motor is equipped with - WAG9 yksdks esa izR;sd Vz~sD’ku eksVj ds lkFk yxs gksrs gSa

a. Two Temperature sensors (nks VsEijspj lsUlj) b. One Temperature sensors (,d VsEijspj lsUlj)

c. None of the above (nksuks es ls dksbZ ugha)

9. If the Catenary voltage is out of limits than what indication will you get in WAG 9Loco?;fn WAG9 yksdks esa dsVsujh dk oksYVst vkmV vkQ fyfeV gks tk;s rks ladsr feysxk

a. U meter neddle will deviate and LSDJ remain extinguish;wehVj dk fufMy Msfo,V gksxk ,oa LSDJ dk ySEi cq>k gh jgasxk

b. LSDJ will glow and F0104P1 Fault message will display on the screen. LSDJ tysxk ,oa F0104P1 dk QkYV eSlst Ldzhu ij fn[kkbZ nsxk c. None of the above (mijksDr esa ls dksbZ ugha)

- 2 -

10. What will happen when Transformer oil tempreture will increase in WAG9 LOCO? WAG9 yksdks esa ;fn Vz~kWalQkjej ds rsy dk rkieku c< tkus ij gksxk

a. VCB will open and F 0105P1 fault message will display on the screen. VCB [kqy tk;sxk ,oa F 0105P1 dk QkYV eSlst Ldzhu ij fn[kkbZ nsxk

Page 45: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

b. VCB will not open and F0106 P2 fault message will display on the screen. VCB ugha [kqysxk ,oa F0106 P2 dk QkYV eSlst Ldzhu ij fn[kkbZ nsxk

c. None of the above (mijksDr es ls dksbZ ugha)

Group B: Fill up the blanks (fjDr LFkku Hkfj; s) Marks: 5.

1. If the Loco Status is showing “92 “it indicates ---------------------------------------------------- ;fn yksdks dk LVsVl 92 gS rks ;g lqfpr djrk gS

---------------------------------------------------

2. Condition of the cut out cocks on the Pneumatic Pannel of WAG9 Loco in Multiple unit trailing Loco are(WAG9 yksdks ds eYVhiy ;wfuV ds Vz~sfyax yksdks esa U;wesfVd iSuy ij yxs dV vkmV dkWad fdiksth’ku gksuh pkfg;s)

(47)-------------------- (74) ------------------------ (136) ---------------------- (70)---------------

3. SS10 is the sub system for-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SS 10 lc flLVe -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- dsfy;s yxk;k x;k gS A

4. If primary over current relay will dropped than------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ indications will come in the cab. ;fn izk;ejh vksoj djaV fjys Mz~ki gksrh gS rks dsc esa

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ladsr feysxs A

5. Speedometer transmitter is provided on the wheel no------------------------------------------------------------ in WAG9 Loco. LihMksehVj Vz~kalehVj WAG9 yksdks esa pDdk ua

--------------------------------------------------------------------- ij yxk gksrk gS A

Group C: Answer the following questions (fuEufyf[kr i z’uk s ds mRrj fyf[k; s) Marks:15.

1. How to apply and release the parking brakes?IkfdZax czsd dks dSls yxk;k ,oa fjfyt fd;k tkrk gSa \

2. How to make a WAG9 Loco dead and how to send it to the home shed attached with the other goodloco? WAG9 yksdks dks dSls MsM fd;k tkrk gS ,oa mls nwljs vPNs yksdks ds lkFk yxkdj dSls gkse ‘ksMHkstrs gS fy[ks)

Page 46: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

3. What is the Emergency stop push button? When it is used and how to reset it?(bejtsalh LVki iwq’k cVu D;k gSa\ bldk mi;ksx dc djrs gSa ,oa bls dSls fjlsV djrs gSa\

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE USLAPUR.

Exam: 3 Phase Loco. Time: 1.30 hrs. Total Marks: 30.

Group A: Answer the following questions (fuEufyf[kr iz’uks ds mRrj fyf[k;s) Marks: 15.

1. What is the procedure of clearing block section by using PTDC of WAG9? Wag-9 yksdks esa PTDC }kjk CykWx lsD”ku lkQ djus dk rjhdk D;k gS\

2. What is the procedure of testing automatic flasher light in WAG9 loco? WAG-9 yksdks esa vkVksesfVd Qys”kj ykbZV dks tkap djus dk rjhdk fyf[k;s\

3. How will you energies WAG9 loco? WAG-9 yksdks dks dSls ,uZtkbl djsaxs\

Group B: Put tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu’kku yxkbZ;) Marks: 7.

1. How many types of brakes are provided in WAG9 loco? WAG-9 yksdks esa fdruk izdkj dk czsd miyC/k gS\ a. 4 types b. 5 types. c. 6 types.

2. Maximum speed of the WAG9 loco is WAG-9 yksdks esa vf/kdre xfr D;k gS\ a. 100 kmph b. 120 kmph c. 130 kmph

3. If harmonic filter is isolated, the speed of the loco shall be restricted to;fn gkjeksfud fQYVj dks iz.kkyh }kjk dk;Z ls vyx fd;k x;k rks yksdks dh xfr gksxh

a. 50 kmph b. 40 kmph c. 30 kmph.

4. Constant Speed Control (CSC) can be activated at any speed abovedkUlVsUV LihM daVz~ksy dk;Z djrk gS tc yksdks fd xfr

a. 5 Kmph b. 8 Kmph c. 3 Kmph

5. The colour of BPPB is (BPPB dk jax D;k gS) a. Green b. Red c. Yellow

6. MCB no 47.1/1 is provided in WAG-9 yksdks esa MCB no 47.1/1 fdl iSuy ij yxk;k x;k

Page 47: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

a. SB 1 panel. b. HB 2 panel c. HB 1 panel

7. Total positions of A-9 in WAG9 loco is WAG-9 yksdks esa A-9 dh fdruh iksft”ku gksrh gS a. 5 b. 6 c. 4

- 2 -

Group C: Fill up the blanks (fjDr LFkku Hkfj;s) Marks: 8.

1. BZ-V-O-F means……………………………………………………………………………………… BZ-V-O-F dk lans”k-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2. In WAG9 loco, parking brakes are provided on wheel no. …….. , ……… , ……… and ………….. WAG-9 yksdks esa ikfdZx czsd dks fdl pDds esa yxk;k x;k ------------------------------------------------ ,oa-----------------------------------------------------------

3. MCB 112.1 is provided in ……………… panel. MCB 112.1 dkSu ls iSuy esa yxk;k x;k --------------------------------------------------------------------------

4. In non-driving cab, the position of Mode Switch shall be ………………………….ukWu Mzkbfoax dSc esa eksM Lohp dks fdl iksft”ku esa j[kuk pkfg, ----------------------------------------------------------------------

5. If the Loco Status is showing “02 “it indicates ----------------------------------------------------

;fn yksdks dk LVsVl 02 gS rks ;g lqfpr djrk gS ---------------------------------------------------

6. Air dryer provided in WAG 9 Loco on wheel no. ------------------------------------------------

,vj Mz~k;j WAG9 ykasdks esa pDdk ua -------------------------------------- ds ikl yxk gksrk gS A

7. SS 03 is the sub system for---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SS 03 lc flLVe ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- ds fy;s yxk;kx;k gSA

Page 48: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

8. Speedometer transmitter is provided on the wheel no ------------------------------------------- inWAG9 Loco. LihMksehVj Vz~kalehVj WAG9 yksdks esa pDdk ua------------------------------------------------------ ij yxk gksrk gS

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR.

Exam: Tech (DP-1) Time: 2.00 hrs Total marks: 40

Group A: Write the answers of the following questions Marks: 12

fuEufyf[kr iz”ukas ds mRrj fyf[k;sa

1. What is the procedure of applying and releasing of parking brakes in WAG9 loco & what indications willyou get? WAG-9 yksdks esa ikfdZax czsd dk yxkuk rFkk fjyht+ djus dk rjhdk D;k gS\ ,oa D;k ladsr feysxk\

2. In how many situations 5 contactors can be wedged in WAG7 loco and what precautions are to betaken after wedging the contactors, write in details? WAG-7 yksdks esa VzcylwfVax djus ds le; fdu fdu ifjfLFkfr;ksa esa 5 dkWUVsDVj dks ost djsaxs ,oa D;k D;k lko/kkfu;kaysuh pkfg;s\

3. What trouble shooting will you do in Static converter loco if External earth faults with ELD-FT messagedisplays on scroll screen?

LVsfVd dUoZVj yksdks esa ;fn ,DlVjuy vFkZ QkWYV ladsr ds lkFk Ldzky Ldzhu ij ELD-FT lans”k vkus ij D;kdk;Zokgh djsaxs\

Group B: Write the short notes of the following. Marks: 9.

fuEu ij laf{kIr fVIi.kh fyf[k;s

a. Air Dryer in WAG9 loco b. QCON c. MVRF

Page 49: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

Group C: Draw the neat diagram of control circuit of Line Contactors Marks: 4. Line contactors daVz~ksy lfdZV dk LoPN js[kkfp= cukbZ;s A

Group D: Fill up the blanks (fjDr LFkku Hkfj;s) Marks: 8.

1. If H2 is glowing in static converter loco it means

----------------------------------------------------------

;fn H2 tyrk gSa LVsfVd duoVZj ykskdks esa rks ;g lwfpr djrk gSa -------------------------------------------------------

2. If main unit will not work in Micro processor Loco, then Driver will check the fuses ----------------

;fn ekbdzks izkslslj yksdks esa esu ;wfuV dke djuk can dj ns rks pkyd dks Q;wtsl psd djuk pkfg, --------------------

3-If LSVGR is glowing then it indicates to the Loco pilot that ---------------------------------------------

;fn LSVGR tyrk gSa rks ;g pkyd dks lwfpr djrk gSa fd

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4. After keeping MPS on 1 in WAG7 loco ------------------------------------------ shunting contactorswill close. WAG7yksdks esa MPS dks 1 esa j[kus ij --------------------------------………………………………………. ‘kfVaxdkWUVz~sDVlZ yxrs gS

5. If QCON relay is wedged than the relay …………………….. also to be wedged in static converterloco.

;fn QCON fjys dks ost djus ls bl fjys ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- dks Hkhost djuk gSA

- 2 -

7. In Microprocessor loco, if the fault message “V 965 Channel fail” comes on display screen than theduty of driveris………………………………………………………………………………………….

Ekkbdzks ikzslslj yksdks esa Ldzhu ij “V 965 Channel fail” QkWYv eslst feyus ij pkyd dk dRrZO; D;k gS------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

7. CCLS melts on 10th notch LP will get----------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 ukp ij CCLS Q;wt esaYV gksus ij yksdks ik;yV dks feysxk----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Page 50: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

8. In WAG9 loco, parking brakes are provided on wheel no………………………………………………….

WAG-9 yksdks esa ikfdZax czsd dks fdu fdu ifg;ksa esa yxk;k x;k gSA-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Group E: Put tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu’kku yxkbZ;) Marks:7.

1. If panto touches the contact wire and ZPT on “1”and BLDJ becomes temporary defective then Locopilot will get (;fn isUVksa dkWaVsDV okWa;j dks Vp djrk gSa ,oa ZPT “1” ij gSa ,oa BLDJ VsEijjh fMQsfDVo gS pkyd dksfeysxk )

a. ICDJ. b. No tension on line c. TWAC vkbZ-lh-Mh-ts- uks VsaU’ku vkWau ykbZu Vh-MCyw-,-lh-

2. In auto flasher PR2 is provided for the purpose of (vkVks Qys’j yksdks esa PR2 ds yxkus dk m}s’; gS) a. To switch ON the auto flasher light (vkVkas Qys’j ykbZV dks tyokus ds fy;s) b. When B.P. will recharge and P2 will open then after Driver will take the notches otherwise Driver will getTLTE (c ch-ih- iwjh rjg ls pktZ gks tkrk gS,o ih2 dk baVjykwad [qky tkrk gSaa rks Mz~k- ukp ys lds vU;Fkk mlsTLTEfeysxk) c. None of the above (mijksDr esa ls dksbZ ugha)

3. In static converter loco the contactor for MVRF is (LVsfVd duoVZj yksdks esa MVRF dk dkWaUVsDVj gSa) a. C107 b. C108 c. C105

4. Parking Brakes (WAG9) can not be activated if the speed of the Locomotive exceedsikfdZax czsd (WAG9) ugha yxsxs ;fn yksdks fd xfr vf/kd gksxh

a. 1.5 Kmph b. 5 Kmph c. 10 Kmph d. None of the above (mijksDr es ls dksbZ ugha)

5. In WAG9 loco, Constant Speed Control (CSC) can be activated at any speed abovedkUlVsUV LihM (WAG9)daVz~ksy dk;Z djrk gS tc yksdks fd xfr

a. 5 Kmph b. 8 Kmph c. 3 Kmph

6. Time lag for QTD 101 is (QTD 101 dk VkbZe ykWx fdruk gS) a. 4 seconds b. 5 seconds c. 6 seconds.

7. The rating of CCCPU (MEDHA) is

CCCPU (MEDHA) fdrus ,Eil dk Q;wt+ gSA

a. 6 amps b. 4 amps c. 2 amps.

----------00-------

Page 51: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE USLAPUR.

Exam: 3 Phase Loco. Time: 1.30 hrs. Total Marks: 30.

Group A: Answer the following questions (fuEufyf[kr i z’uk s ds mRrj fyf[k; s) Marks:15.

1. What is the procedure of clearing block section by using PTDC of WAG9? Wag-9 yksdks esa PTDC }kjk CykWx lsD”ku lkQ djus dk rjhdk D;k gS\

2. What is the procedure of testing automatic flasher light in WAG9 loco? WAG-9 yksdks esa vkVksesfVd Qys”kj ykbZV dks tkap djus dk rjhdk fyf[k;s\

3. How will you energies WAG9 loco? WAG-9 yksdks dks dSls ,uZtkbl djsaxs\

Group B: Fill up the blanks (fjDr LFkku Hkfj; s) Marks: 8.

1.BZ-V-O-F means……………………………………………………………………………………. BZ-V-O-F dk lans”k--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2. In WAG9 loco, parking brakes are provided on wheel no. …….. , ……… , ……… and ……… WAG-9 yksdks esa ikfdZx czsd dks fdl pDds esa yxk;k x;k ------------------------------------------------ ,oa--------------------------------------------------------

3. MCB 112.1 is provided in ……………… panel. MCB 112.1 dkSu ls iSuy esa yxk;k x;k --------------------------------------------------------------------------

4. In non-driving cab, the position of Mode Switch shall be ………………………….ukWu Mzkbfoax dSc esa eksM Lohp dks fdl iksft”ku esa j[kuk pkfg, ----------------------------------------------------------------------

5. If the Loco Status is showing “02 “it indicates ----------------------------------------------------

;fn yksdks dk LVsVl 02 gS rks ;g lqfpr djrk gS ---------------------------------------------------

6. Air dryer provided in WAG 9 Loco on wheel no. ------------------------------------------------

,vj Mz~k;j WAG9 ykasdks esa pDdk ua -------------------------------------- ds ikl yxk gksrk gS A

7. SS 06 is the sub system for-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Page 52: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

SS 06 lc flLVe ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- ds fy;s yxk;kx;k gSA

8. Speedometer transmitter is provided on the wheel no ------------------------------------------- inWAG9 Loco. LihMksehVj Vz~kalehVj WAG9 yksdks esa pDdk ua------------------------------------------------------ ij yxk gksrk gS

- 2 -

Group C: Put tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu’kku yxkbZ;) Marks: 7.

1. MCB no 47.1/1 is provided in WAG-9 yksdks esa MCB no 47.1/1 fdl iSuy ij yxk;k x;k a. SB 1 panel. b. HB 2 panel c. HB 1 panel.2. Maximum speed of the WAG9 loco is WAG-9 yksdks esa vf/kdre xfr D;k gS\ a. 100 kmph b. 120 kmph c. 130 kmph

3. If harmonic filter is isolated, the speed of the loco shall be restricted to;fn gkjeksfud fQYVj dks iz.kkyh }kjk dk;Z ls vyx fd;k x;k rks yksdks dh xfr gksxh

a. 50 kmph b. 40 kmph c. 30 kmph.

4. Constant Speed Control (CSC) can be activated at any speed abovedkUlVsUV LihM daVz~ksy dk;Z djrk gS tc yksdks fd xfr

a. 5 Kmph b. 8 Kmph c. 3 Kmph

5. The colour of BPPB is (BPPB dk jax D;k gS) a. Green b. Red c. Yellow

6. MCB no 47.1/2 is provided in WAG-9 yksdks esa MCB no 47.1/1 fdl iSuy ij yxk;k x;k a. SB 1 panel. b. HB 2 panel c. HB 1 panel

7. Total positions of A-9 in WAG9 loco is WAG-9 yksdks esa A-9 dh fdruh iksft”ku gksrh gS a. 5 b. 6 c. 4

Page 53: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE.USLAPUR. S.E.C.Railway.

Exam: SWR (DP3) Time: 2.00 hrs. Total Marks: 40.

Group A: Answer the following questions (fuEufyf[kr i z’uk s ds mRrj fyf[k; s) Marks:16

1. What are the duties of Loco Pilot in case of bad riding due to track defect and engine defect?Vzsd esa [kjkch ,oa batu esa [kjkch ds dkj.k cSM jkbZfMax gksus ij pkrd dk drZO; D;k gS\

2. When BPC shall remain valid and when BPC is considered invalid?dkSu lh fLFkfr;ksa esa ch ih lh ekU; gksxk ,oa vekU; gksxk\

3. What is the procedure of backing the train after passing IB signal upto backing limit board? IB flXuy dks ikl djus ds ckn xkM+h dks cSfdax fyfeV cksMZ rd cSd djus dk rjhdk D;k gS\

4. What are the duties of engine crew in case of train parting on run?jfuax xkM+h ds ikVZ gksu ij batu dzw dh M;wVh D;k gksrh gS\

Group B: Write the short notes of the following. Marks: 8.

fuEu ij laf{kIr fVIi.kh fyf[k;s

a. Route Indicator (:V bafMdsVj) b. Excessive Piston Stroke (EPS) (,Dlsl fiLVu LVzksd)c. Interlocking (baVjykWfdax) d. Facing & Trailing point (Qsflax ,oa Vzsfyax ikWbaV)

Group C: Fill up the blanks (fjDr LFkku Hkfj;s) Marks: 8.

1. S.E.J means ………………………………………………………………………………………..

Page 54: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

S.E.J. dk eryc D;k gS------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2. Time allowance for goods train for starting ………… minutes and for stopping ………. minutes.EkkyxkM+h LVkZV djus ds fy, ----------------------fefuV ,oa LVki djus dsfy, ----------------fefuV VkbZe ,ykmUl fn;k tkrk gSA

3. Sanstioning aurthority for C class ODC ……………………………………………………………Lkh Dykl vksMhlh dk eatwjh vf/kdkj ------------------------------------------------------------dks gSA

4. Normal aspect of fixed stop signal is ………………………………………………………………fQDlsM flaxuy dk ukeZy ,LisDV ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------gksrh gSA

5. Duration of Green Notice is ………………………………………………………………………..xzhu uksfV”k dh oS/krk tkjh djus dh rkjh[k ls -------------- fnuksa ls ys dj ---------------------- eghuksa rd gksrh gSA

6. Whistle code for fouling not clear is ……………………………………………………………….QkWfyax Dyh;j ugha gS bl dk fofly dksM D;k gS ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

7. Breach of Block Rules is a …………… class of accident.CykWd fu;eksa dk mYya?ku ---------------------------------------- dh nq?kZVuk,a gksrh gSA

8. As per SR 4.62.05 the speed of the train shall be -------------------- kmph. SR 4.62.05 ds vuqlkj xkM+h dh xfr --------------------------------------- fd-eh- gksrh gSA

- 2 -Group D: Put tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu’kku yxkbZ;) Marks: 8.

1. Normal aspect of inner distant signal is (buj fMLVaV flxuy dk ukeZy vklisDV gksrk gS)buj fMLVaV flxuy dk ukeZy vklisDV gksrk gS

a. Caution (lrZd) b. Attention (lko/kku) c. Proceed (vkxs c<ks)

2. In case of rail fracture is less serious in the nature then after proper repairing the speed of the train will be(;fn jsy QzsDpj de flfj;l gks rks lgha fjis;j djus ds ckn xkMh fd xfr gksxh)

a. 20 Kmph b. 15 Kmph c. 30 Kmph

3. In case of temporary single line working introduce in double line section than Loco Pilot will get McyykbZu ds lsD”ku esa flaxy ykbZu ofdZax ykxw gksus ij yksdks ik;yV dks vFkkfjfV nh tk;sxh

a. T/D 602 b. T/A 602 c.None

4. While working with T/A 602, the speed of the train shall be (T/A 602 vFkkfjVh ds lkFk dke djus ds le;xkM+h dh xfr fdruh gksrh gSA) a. 15/10 kmph b. 15/8 kmph c. 25/8 kmph.

Page 55: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

5. The level crossing gate which will remain open for 24 hours and will close according to the requirement isknown as (ysoy dzkflax xsV tks 24 ?kaVs [kksyk jgrk gS ,oa vko”;drk iMus ij can jgrk gS mls dgrs gSa

a. A class level crossing gate b. B class level crossing gate c. C class level corssing gate

6. When Distant signal of an Intermediate Block Post is defective and can not be kept in the “ON” positionthen (tc vkbZ-ch- dk fMLVsaV flxuy [kjkc gks tkrk gSa rc)a. IB will treated as working (vkbZ-ch-flxuy dks dk;Zjr ekuasxs)b. IB will treat as defective (vkbZ-ch-flxuy dks [kjkc ekusaxs)c. None (dksbZ ugha)

7. Normally not more than ------No. of persons other than the Engine Crew shall be permitted to travel inthe cab (lkekU; voLFkk esa bathu dsc esa batu dehZ ny ds vykok fdrus O;fDr ;k=k dj ldrs gSalkekU;voLFkk esa bathu dsc esa batu dehZ ny ds vykok fdrus O;fDr ;k=k dj ldrs gSa )

a. 3 Persons b. 4 Persons c. None

8. Station Limits means (LVs”ku fyfeV dk vfHkizk;) a. The portion of the railway which is directly control of the station master ;g jsYos dk fgLlk gSa tks lh/ks LVs”ku ekLVj ds fu;a=.k esa gksrk gSa b. means the portion of the Station Section (;g LV”’ku lsD”ku dk fgLlk gSa) c. Adequate distance (i;kZIr nwjh)

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE.USLAPUR.

Exam: SWR (PDC) Time: 1.30 hrs Total marks: 30.

Group A: Write the answers of the following questions Marks: 12. fuEufyf[kr iz’uks ds mRrj fyf[k;s

1. How many types of punctualities? How will you maintain running punctuality for choaching train? le; ikyu ( ipqvkfyfV ) fdrus izdkj dh gksrh gSa \ dksfpax Vz~su dh jfuax iapqvkfyfV dks dSlsesauVsu fd;k tkrk gS\

2. What are the duties of the Driver if Passenger Train met with an accident in block section?

Page 56: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

Pkkyd ds drZO; fyf[k;s tc iSlstj Vz~su nq?kZVukxzLr gks tk;s \

3. What are reasons for Brake Binding in full train (AB Coaches) and how will you rectify the BrakeBinding?Dkspsl ls;qDr Vz~su dh czsd ckbZ.fMax ds D;k dkj.k gksrs gS ,oa vki czsd ckbZ.fMax dks dSlsfjfytdjsaxs \

Group B: Write the short notes of the following questions Marks: 6.

fuEu ij laf{kIr fVIi.kh fyf[k;s

a. Difference between Normal Running Time & Minimum Running Time.b. Engine failure and Time failure.

Group C: Put tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu’kku yxkbZ;) Marks:6.

1. Time allowance for cautious driving for temporary engineering .speed restriction is componset by VsaEijjh bathfu;fjasaxLihM fjLfVz~D’ku ds le; uqdlku dh HkjikbZ gksrh gS

a. Recovery Time b. Engg. Time allowance c. BRT

2. Failure of Rolling Stock is a (jksfyax LVkd dk Qsy gksuk gksrk gS) a. “K” class Accident b. “M” class Accident c. “J” class Accident.

3. In which situation, all SLR’s to be pin down. (,Slh dkSu lh ifjfLFkrh gSa ftlesa lHkh ,l-,y-vkj- ds fiu Mkmu fd;stkrs gS)(a) In block section, Engine of Coaching Train is failed. (Cykd lsD’ku esa dksfpax Vz~su dk baftu Qsy gksus ij) (b) In block section, coaching train is derailed. (CykWad lsD’ku esa dksfpax Vz~su fMjsy gksus ij) (c) In block section, coaching train met serious accident.(CykWasd lsD’ku esa dksfpax Vz~su flfj;l ,DlhMsaV gksusij)

4. New authority for conditional line clear message is (daMh’kuy ykbu Dyh;j eSlst dk u;k QkeZ uaa gS) a. T/F 602 b. T/E 602 c. T/G 602

5. Time loss in acceleration from Loop Line for coaching train is – (dksfpax Vz~su dks yqi ykbZu ls Fkzw ikl gksus esa le; yxrk gS) a. 3 Minutes b. 3.5 Minutes c. 4 Minutes

6. Which of the following remark is correct? (fuEufyf[kr es ls dkSu lk fjekZd lgh gSa)a. Loco loss 8 min. and Loco made up 5 min (yksdks ykl 8feuV ,oa yksdks esM vi 5 feuV)b. Loco loss 5 min. and Loco made up 8min (yksdks ykWal 5feuV ,oa yksdks esM vi 8feuV)c. Loco loss 5 min. and Loco made up 5 min (yksdks ykWal 5 feuV ,oa yksdks esM vi 5 feuV)

Page 57: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

- 2 -

Group D: Fill up the blanks (fjDr LFkku Hkfj;s) Marks: 6.

1. If passenger train catches the fire then first duty of the driver --------------------------------------------

;fn iSalstj Vz̀~su esa vkx yxus ij pkyd dk izFke drZO; gS ---------------------------------------------------------------

2. The speed of light engine shall be

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Light Engine dh LihM gksuk pkfg, -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. Weight of WGACCN coach is -------------------------- tones.

WGACCN dksp dk otu -----------------------………………….-Vu A

4. Permanent Speed Restriction’s time loss is componset by

------------------------------------------------

ijeusUV LihM fjlfVz~D’ku ds le; uqdlku dh HkjikbZ ---................................................................ ds }kjkgksrh gSa A

5. BRT mention in working time table means

------------------------------------------------------------------

ofdZax VkbZe Vscy esa BRT dk fy[kk gksuk lwfpr djrk gS ---------------------------------------------------------------

6. In case of Express train a maximum of ---------------- coaches may be attached in rear of rear SLR.

Page 58: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE,USLAPUR.Exam: SWR (PDC) Time: 1.30 hrs Total marks: 30.

Group A: Write the answers of the following questions Marks: 12. fuEufyf[kr iz’uks ds mRrj fyf[k;s

1. How many types of punctualities? How will you maintain running punctuality for choaching train (le;ikyu ( iapqvkfyfV fdrus izdkj dh gksrh gSa\ dksfpax Vz~su dh jfuax iapqvkfyfV dks dSls esauVsu fd;k tkrk gS\)

2. What are the conditions for attaching the dead loco in a passenger/Mail train?iSlsatj Vz~su rFkk esy ,Dlizsl Vz~su esa MsM yksdks dks vVSp djus dk D;k fu;e gSa \

3. What are reasons for Brake Binding in full train (AB Coaches) and how will you rectify the BrakeBinding? (dkspsl ls;qDr Vz~su dhczsdckbZafMax ds D;k dkj.k gksrs gS ,oa vki czsd ckbZ.fMax dks dSls fjfyt djsaxs\)

Group B: Put tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu’kku yxkbZ;)Marks: 7.

1. Whistle code for signal not exchanged by the station staff. LVs”ku LVkQ ;fn flxuy ,Dlpsat ugh djrk rks Oghlhy dksM gksxkA

a. 0 b. 00 c. 000

2. Time allowance for cautious driving for temporary engineering .speed restriction is componset byVsaEijjh bathfu;fjasax LihM fjLfVz~D”ku ds le; uqdlku dh HkjikbZ gksrh gS

a. Recovery Time b. Engg. Time allowance c. BRT

3. Failure of Rolling Stock is a (jksfyax LVkd dk Qsy gksuk gksrk gS) a. “K” class Accident b. “M” class Accident c. “J” class Accident.

4. In which situation, all SLR’s to be pin down (,Slh dkSu lh ifjfLFkrh gSa ftlesa lHkh ,l-,y-vkj- ds fiu Mkmu fd;stkrs gS)a. In block section, Engine of Coaching Train is failed (Cykd lsD”ku esa dksfpax Vz~su dk baftu Qsy gksus ij)

Page 59: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

b. In block section, coaching train is derailed. (CykWad lsD”ku esa dksfpax Vz~su fMjsy gksus ij) c. In block section, coaching train met serious accident (CykWasd lsD”ku esa dksfpax Vz~su flfj;l ,DlhMsaV gksus ij)

5. New authority for conditional line clear message is (daMh”kuy ykbu Dyh;j eSlst dk u;k QkeZ uaa gS) a. T/F 602 b. T/E 602 c. T/G 602

6. Time loss in acceleration from Loop Line for coaching train is – (dksfpax Vz~su dks yqi ykbZu ls Fkzw ikl gksus esa le; yxrk gS) a. 3 Minutes b. 3.5 Minutes c. 4 Minutes

7. Which of the following remark is correct? (fuEufyf[kr es ls dkSu lk fjekZd lgh gSa)a. Loco loss 8 min. and Loco made up 5 min (yksdks ykl 8feuV ,oa yksdks esM vi 5 feuV)b. Loco loss 5 min. and Loco made up 8min (yksdks ykWal 5feuV ,oa yksdks esM vi 8feuV)c. Loco loss 5 min. and Loco made up 5 min (yksdks ykWal 5 feuV ,oa yksdks esM vi 5 feuV

- 2 –

Group C: Fill up the blanks (fjDr LFkku Hkfj;s) Marks: 5.

1. If passenger train catches the fire then first duty of the driver ------------------------------------;fn iSalstj Vz̀~su esa vkx yxus ij pkyd dk izFke drZO; gS --------------------------------------------------------

2. The speed of light engine shall be ---------------------------------------------------------------------Light Engine dh LihM gksuk pkfg, ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. Weight of WAACCN coach is -------------------------- tones. WAACCN dksp dk otu ------------------------Vu A

4. Permanent Speed Restriction’s time loss is componset by -----------------------------------------ijeusUV LihM fjlfVz~D”ku ds le; uqdlku dh HkjikbZ ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ds }kjk gksrh gSa A

5. N mention in working time table means --------------------------------------------------------------ofdZax VkbZe Vscy esa N dk fy[kk gksuk lwfpr djrk gS -----------------------------------------------------------

Group D: Write the short notes of the following questions Marks: 6.

fuEu ij laf{kIr fVIi.kh fyf[k;s

c. Difference between Normal Running Time & Minimum Running Time.ukeZy jfuax VkbZe ,oa fefuee jfuax VkbZe dk varj D;k gS\

Page 60: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

d. Difference between Caution Indicator & Caution Order.dkW”ku bafMdsVj ,oa dkW”ku vkMZj dk varj D;k gS\

Page 61: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE.USLAPUR.

Exam: SWR (PDC) Time: 1.30 hrs Total marks: 30.

Group A: Write the answers of the following questions Marks: 12. fuEufyf[kr iz’uks ds mRrj fyf[k;s

1. How many types of punctualities? How will you maintain running punctuality for choaching train? le; ikyu ( ipqvkfyfV ) fdrus izdkj dh gksrh gSa \ dksfpax Vz~su dh jfuax iapqvkfyfV dks dSlsesauVsu fd;k tkrk gS\

2. What are the duties of the Driver if Passenger Train met with an accident in block section?Pkkyd ds drZO; fyf[k;s tc iSlstj Vz~su nq?kZVukxzLr gks tk;s \

3. What are reasons for Brake Binding in full train (AB Coaches) and how will you rectify the BrakeBinding?Dkspsl ls;qDr Vz~su dh czsdckbZ.fMax ds D;k dkj.k gksrs gS ,oa vki czsdckbZ.fMax dks dSls fjfyt djsaxs \

Group B: Write the short notes of the following questions Marks: 6.

fuEu ij laf{kIr fVIi.kh fyf[k;s

e. Difference between Normal Running Time & Minimum Running Time.f. Engine failure and Time failure.

Group C: Fill up the blanks (fjDr LFkku Hkfj;s) Marks: 6.

1. If passenger train catches the fire then first duty of the driver --------------------------------------------

;fn iSalstj Vz̀~su esa vkx yxus ij pkyd dk izFke drZO; gS ---------------------------------------------------------------

2. The speed of light engine shall be

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Light Engine dh LihM gksuk pkfg, -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. Weight of WGACCN coach is -------------------------- tones.

WGACCN dksp dk otu -----------------------………………….-Vu A

4. Permanent Speed Restriction’s time loss is componset by

------------------------------------------------

Page 62: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

ijeusUV LihM fjlfVz~D’ku ds le; uqdlku dh HkjikbZ ---................................. ds }kjkgksrh gSa A

5. BRT mention in working time table means

------------------------------------------------------------------

ofdZax VkbZe Vscy esa BRT dk fy[kk gksuk lwfpr djrk gS ---------------------------------------------------------------

6. In case of Express train a maximum of ---------------- coaches may be attached in rear of rear SLR.

- 2 –

Group D: Put tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu’kku yxkbZ;)Marks: 6.

1. Time allowance for cautious driving for temporary engineering .speed restriction is componset byVsaEijjh bathfu;fjasaxLihM fjLfVz~D’ku ds le; uqdlku dh HkjikbZ gksrh gS

a. Recovery Time b. Engg. Time allowance c. BRT

2. Failure of Rolling Stock is a (jksfyax LVkd dk Qsy gksuk gksrk gS) a. “K” class Accident b. “M” class Accident c. “J” class Accident.

3. In which situation, all SLR’s to be pin down. (,Slh dkSu lh ifjfLFkrh gSa ftlesa lHkh ,l-,y-vkj- ds fiu Mkmu fd;stkrs gS)(a) In block section, Engine of Coaching Train is failed. (Cykd lsD’ku esa dksfpax Vz~su dk baftu Qsy gksus ij) (b) In block section, coaching train is derailed. (CykWad lsD’ku esa dksfpax Vz~su fMjsy gksus ij) (c) In block section, coaching train met serious accident.(CykWasd lsD’ku esa dksfpax Vz~su flfj;l ,DlhMsaV gksusij)

4. New authority for conditional line clear message is (daMh’kuy ykbu Dyh;j eSlst dk u;k QkeZ uaa gS) a. T/F 602 b. T/E 602 c. T/G 602

5. Time loss in acceleration from Loop Line for coaching train is – (dksfpax Vz~su dks yqi ykbZu ls Fkzw ikl gksus esa le; yxrk gS) a. 3 Minutes b. 3.5 Minutes c. 4 Minutes

6. Which of the following remark is correct? (fuEufyf[kr es ls dkSu lk fjekZd lgh gSa)a. Loco loss 8 min. and Loco made up 5 min (yksdks ykl 8feuV ,oa yksdks esM vi 5 feuV)b. Loco loss 5 min. and Loco made up 8min (yksdks ykWal 5feuV ,oa yksdks esM vi 8feuV)c. Loco loss 5 min. and Loco made up 5 min (yksdks ykWal 5 feuV ,oa yksdks esM vi 5 feuV)

Page 63: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

*************

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE.USLAPUR. S.E.C.Railway.

Exam: Technical (CRC) Time: 1.30 hrs. Total Marks: 30.

Group A: Put tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu’kku yxk;sa) Marks: 8.

1. The function of relay QE is ……………………………………………………………………. QE fjys dk dke D;k -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------gS

2. Speedometer transmitter is provided on the wheel no --------------------------------- in WAG9 Loco. LihMksehVj Vz~kalehVj WAG9 yksdks esa pDdk ua ---------------------------------------------

ij yxk gksrk gS

3. P2 contact closes if charging pressure drops to --------------------------------------------------Kg/cm2 P2 dk dkWaVsDV Dykst gksrk Gs ;fn pkftZax izs’kj MzkWai gksrk gSa -------------------------------------------------- Kg/cm2

4. If short circuiting will take place in L2 then ---------------------------------------------- fuse will melt. L2 eaas ‘kkVZ lfdZV gksus ij ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Q;wt esYV gksxk A

5. If LSBCR is glowing then it indicates to the Loco pilot that ---------------------------------------------;fn LSBCR tyrk gSa rks ;g pkyd dks lwfpr djrk gSa fd ----------------------------------------------------------

Page 64: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

6. The normal position of QFL is-------------------------------------------------------------------------------QFL fjys fd lkekU; iksth’ku gksrh gSa -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

7. If Q30 interlock beomes defective on Q44 branch then DJ will open in OP ---------------------------;fn Q30 dk baVjykWad D;w 44 ds ckzap ij [kjkc gks tkrk gS rks Mh-ts- vksiu gksxk

-------------------------------------------------------------------------

8. If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ [kjkc gks tk;s arks Mh-ts- dks Dykst fd;k tk ldrk gSa

a. BP2DJ b. Q44 c. Q118.

Group B: Answer the following questions (fuEufyf[kr i z’uk s ds mRrj fyf[k; s) Marks:15.

1. In Microprocessor Loco if GR not progresses at all then what trouble shooting will you do? ekbDjks izkslslj yksdks esa ;fn th vkj izksxzsl ugha gksrk gS rks vki D;k Vzcy lwfVax djsaxss\

2. What is QOP1? If QOP1 will drop then what trouble shooting will you perform? QOP 1 D;k gS \ ;fn QOP1 Mz~ki gksrk gS rks vki D;k Vz~cy ‘kqfVax djsaxs \

3. What is ICDJ? What are the main probable causes for ICDJ? When Q118 relay will not energise thenwhat trouble shooting will you perform?ICDJ D;k gS \ ICDJ ds lHkh izeq[k laHkkfor dkj.kksa dks fyf[k;sa \ tc Q118 fjys ,ujtkbZt ugha gksxh rks vki D;k Vz~cy‘kqfVax djsaxs \

- 2 -

Group C: Put tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu’kku yxkbZ;) Marks:7.

1. In WAG9 loco, Constant Speed Control (CSC) can be activated at any speed abovedkUlVsUV LihM (WAG9)daVz~ksy dk;Z djrk gS tc yksdks fd xfr

a. 5 Kmph b. 8 Kmph c. 3 Kmph

2. Time lag for QTD 101 is (QTD 101 dk VkbZe ykWx fdruk gS) a. 4 seconds b. 5 seconds c. 6 seconds.

Page 65: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

3. The rating of CCCPU (MEDHA) is

CCCPU (MEDHA) fdrus ,Eil dk Q;wt+ gSA

a. 6 amps b. 4 amps c. 2 amps.

4. If GR is stuck up in between notch then DJ will open through ;fn th-vkj- fcVfou ukp esa Ql tk;s rks Mh-ts- vksiu gksxk ------- ds }kjk

a. Q44 b. Q45 c. Q118-

5. Arno fails to pick up the full speed then loco pilot will get the tripping in – Arno ;fn Qqy LihM ugh fidvi djrk gSa rks yksdks ik;yV dks fVz~fiax feysxk

a. Operation B b. Operation O c.Operation A

6. Q48 relay will energise when (Q48 fjys,ujtkbZt gksxh ;fn) a. QD will energies b. Q51 will energies c.Q52will energies

7. Short circuiting in L3 will cause (L3 esa ‘kkVZ lfdZV gksus ij gksxk)a. CCPT will melt (CCPT Q;wt esYV gksxk)b. CCA will melt (CCA Q;wt esYV gksxk)c. CCBA will melt (CCBA Q;wt esYV gksxk)

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE USLAPUR.

Exam: 3 Phase Loco. Time: 1.30 hrs. Total Marks: 30.

Page 66: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

Group A: Answer the following questions (fuEufyf[kr i z’uk s ds mRrj fyf[k; s) Marks:15.

1. How to apply and release the parking brakes?IkfdZaxczsd dks dSls yxk;k ,oa fjfyt fd;k tkrk gSa \

2. How to make a WAG9 Loco dead and how to send it to the home shed attached with the other goodloco?WAG9 yksdks dks dSls MsM fd;ktkrk gS ,oa mls nwljs vPNs yksdks ds lkFk yxkdj dSls gkse ‘ksMHkstrs gS fy[ks)

3. What is the Emergency stop push button? When it is used and how to reset it?(bejtsalh LVki iwq’k cVu D;k gSa\ bldk mi;ksx dc djrs gSa ,oa bls dSls fjlsV djrs gSa\

Group B: Put tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu’kku yxkbZ;) Marks:7.

1. How many types of brakes are provided in WAG9 loco? WAG-9 yksdks esa fdruk izdkj dk czsd miyC/k gS\ a. 4 types b. 5 types. c. 6 types.

2. Maximum speed of the WAG9 loco is WAG-9 yksdks esa vf/kdre xfr D;k gS\ a. 100 kmph b. 120 kmph c. 130 kmph

3. If harmonic filter is isolated, the speed of the loco shall be restricted to;fn gkjeksfud fQYVj dks iz.kkyh }kjk dk;Z ls vyx fd;k x;k rks yksdks dh xfr gksxh

a. 50 kmph b. 40 kmph c. 30 kmph.

4. Constant Speed Control (CSC) can be activated at any speed abovedkUlVsUV LihM daVz~ksy dk;Z djrk gS tc yksdks fd xfr

a. 5 Kmph b. 8 Kmph c. 3 Kmph

5. The colour of BPPB is (BPPB dk jax D;k gS) a. Green b. Red c. Yellow

6. MCB no 47.1/1 is provided in WAG-9 yksdks esa MCB no 47.1/1 fdl iSuy ij yxk;k x;k a. SB 1 panel. b. HB 2 panel c. HB 1 panel

7. Total positions of A-9 in WAG9 loco is WAG-9 yksdks esa A-9 dh fdruh iksft”ku gksrh gS a. 5 b. 6 c. 4

Page 67: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

- 2 -

Group C: Fill up the blanks (fjDr LFkku Hkfj; s) Marks: 8.

1. BZ-V-O-F means------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ BZ-V-O-F dk lans”k--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2. In WAG9 loco, parking brakes are provided on wheel no. …….. , ……… , ……… and ……… WAG-9 yksdks esa ikfdZx czsd dks fdl pDds esa yxk;k x;k ------------------------------------------------ ,oa--------------------------------------------------------

3. MCB 112.1 is provided in ……………… panel. MCB 112.1 dkSu ls iSuy esa yxk;k x;k --------------------------------------------------------------------------

4. In non-driving cab, the position of Mode Switch shall be ………………………….ukWu Mzkbfoax dSc esa eksM Lohp dks fdl iksft”ku esa j[kuk pkfg, ----------------------------------------------------------------------

5. If the Loco Status is showing “02 “it indicates ----------------------------------------------------

;fn yksdks dk LVsVl 02 gS rks ;g lqfpr djrk gS ---------------------------------------------------

6. Air dryer provided in WAG 9 Loco on wheel no. ------------------------------------------------

,vj Mz~k;j WAG9 ykasdks esa pDdk ua -------------------------------------- ds ikl yxk gksrk gS A

7. SS 03 is the sub system for------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SS 03 lc flLVe ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- ds fy;s yxk;kx;k gSA

8. Speedometer transmitter is provided on the wheel no ------------------------------------------- inWAG9 Loco. LihMksehVj Vz~kalehVj WAG9 yksdks esa pDdk ua------------------------------------------------------ ij yxk gksrk gS

Page 68: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE.USLAPUR. S.E.C.Railway.

Exam: Technical (CRC) Time: 1.30 hrs. Total Marks: 30.

Group A: Answer the following questions (fuEufyf[kr i z’uk s ds mRrj fyf[k; s) Marks:15.

1. In Static converter loco if DJ is not closing, what trouble shooting will you do?;fn bLVsfVd duZoZVj yksdks esa DJ Dykst+ ugha gksus ij D;k VzcylwfVax djsaxs\

2. In WAG7 loco auto regression takes place with LSP glowing without wheel slip, what trouble shootingwill you do (WAG-7 esa pyrh xkM+h esa fcuk Oghy flfyi fd;s LSP tyrk gS vkSj GR 0 ij okil vk tkrk gS rks D;kVzcylwfVax djsaxs)

3. What trouble shooting will you do in Static converter loco if External earth faults with ELD-FT messagedisplays on scroll screen?LVsfVd dUoZVj yksdks esa ;fn ,DlVjuy vFkZ QkWYV ladsr ds lkFk Ldzky Ldzhu ij ELD-FT lans”k vkus ij D;k dk;Zokghdjsaxs\

Group B: Fill up the blanks (fjDr LFkku Hkfj; s) Marks: 8.

1. The function of relay QE is ……………………………………………………………………. QE fjys dk dke D;k -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------gS

Page 69: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

2. The normal position of QFL is-------------------------------------------------------------------------------QFL fjys fd lkekU; iksth’ku gksrh gSa -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. If LSBCR is glowing then it indicates to the Loco pilot that ---------------------------------------------;fn LSBCR tyrk gSa rks ;g pkyd dks lwfpr djrk gSa fd ----------------------------------------------------------

4. CCLS melts on 10th notch LP will get----------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 ukp ij CCLS Q;wt esaYV gksus ij yksdks ik;yV dks feysxk----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

5. If main unit will not work in Micro processor Loco, then Driver will check the fuses ----------------

;fn ekbdzks izkslslj yksdks esa esu ;wfuV dke djuk can dj ns rks pkyd dks Q;wtsl psd djuk pkfg, --------------------

6. HSIV is a ……………………………………………………………………………………….. HSIV dk dke--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------gSA

7. During RB more than 1 Kg/cm2 pressure goes to B/cylinder; RB will cut off through --------------vkj-chds le; ;fn 1Kg/cm2 ls vf/kd izs’kj tkrk gSa rks vkj-ch- dV vkWaQ gksrk gS]-----------------------------------}kjk

8. Short circuit in VEAD will cause melting of fuse ------------------------------------------ VEAD esa ‘kkVZ lfdZV gksus ij ----------------------------------------------- Q;wt esYV gks tk;sxk A

- 2 -

Group C: Put tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu’kku yxk;sa) Marks: 7.

1. DC to DC Converter gives supply to the Head light -Mh-lh- Vw Mh-lh- duoVZj ds }kjk gsM ykbZV lfdZV dks lIykbZ nh tkrh gSa -

a. 32 volt b. 16 Volt c. None

2. If additional CCBA will melt then (;fn ,fM’kuy CCBA esYV gks tk;sxk rks)

a. Q46 will not energise (Q46 ,ujtkbZt ugha gksxk) b. Q52 will not energise (Q52 ,ujtkbZt ugha gksxk)c. None of the above (mijksDr esa ls dksbZ ugha)

3. Over current in the circuit of Air Dryer will cause (Air Dryer ds lfdZV esa vksoj djaV gksus ij gksxk)

a. CCLSA will melt (CCLSA esYV gksxk) b. CCLS will melt (CCLS esYVgksxk)

Page 70: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

c. None of the above (mijksDr esa ls dksbZ ugha)

4.Without closing any BL switches if CCA repeatedly melt even after keeping HOBA in OFF conditionthen what trouble shooting will you perform (cxSj dksbZ ch-,y- Lohp Dykst fd;s ;fn lh-lh-,- Q;wt yxkrkj esYVgksrk gSa ] HOBA dks vkQ djus ds mijkWar rks vki D;k Vz~cy ‘kqfVax djsaxs)a. Renew CCA and wedge Q100 in deenergise condition and wedge require no. of contactors (CCA dksu;k yxkdj Q100 dks fM,ujtkbZt voLFkk esa ost djds fu?kkZfjr ek=k esa dkWaVsDVj dks ost dj nsaxs)

b. Wedge C105,C106,C107 only and work the train (C105,C106,C107 dks ost djds xkMhdke djsaxs)c. None of the above (mijksDr esa ls dksbZ ugha)

5. While working the train D.J. will open on different notches but while testing there is no tripping during firststage of testing then it is known as (xkMh dke djrs le; ;fn Mh-ts- fofHkUu ukWap ij vksiu gksrkk gSa ,oa VsLVhax dsnkSjku QLV LVst esa dksbZ fVz~fiax ugha vkrh gSa bls dgrs gS) a. Operation B b. Operation O c. TWAC

6. While grounding the loco when HOM handle keep from the Normal position to Earth position actiontake place in the loco are – tc yksdks dks xzkmaM fd;k tkrk gS ,oa HOM gS.My dks ukeZy iksth’ku ls vFkZ iksth’ku easa j[kk tkrk rks yksdks esa dk;Zokgh gksrhgSa _a. Air pressure supply towards the panto servo motor will stop (isUVks loksZ eksVj esa gok dk izs’kj tkuk can gks tkrkgS)b. Pressure all ready enter in the panto pipe line will exhaust through the vent hole of BV Box(isUVks ikbZi ykbZu esa igys ls x;k gqvk gOkk dks izs’kj B V Box ds osUV gksy ls fudy tk;sxk )c. Main transformer and roof equipments will ground and fichet keys become free (esu Vz~kalQkjej rFkk :Q esayxs midj.k xzkm.M gks tk;sxs ,oa fQpsV pkch fudkyh tk lds

7. QV 61 will energies when (QV61 ,,ujtkbZt gksrk gSa tc)a. When CHBA starts working (tc CHBA dke djuk pkyw djrk gS) b. After closing DJ (DJ Dykst djus ds ckn)c. HBA kept from 0 to 1 (tc HBA dks 0 ls 1 ijj[krs gS)

************

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE.USLAPUR.

Exam: SWR (CRC13) Time: 1.30 hrs Total marks: 30.

Group A: Write the ansers of the following questions (fuEufyf[kr iz’uks ds mRrj fyf[k;sa) Marks:15.

Page 71: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

1. In how many situations authority T/369 (3b) will be given to the loco pilot? T/369 (3b) ;g vWFkkfjVh fdu ifjfLFkfr;ksa esa nh tkrh gS\

2. As per GR 3.78, what are the duties of engine crew?GR 3.78 ds vuqlkj baftu pkyd ny dk drZO; D;k gS\

3. In how many situations three detonators are used, write in details?3 MsVksusVj dk mi;ksx fdu ifjLFkfr;ksa esa gksrk gS foLrkj esa fyf[k;s\

Group B: Fill up the blanks (fjDr LFkku Hkfj;s) Marks: 7.

1. CWR means …………………………………………………………………………………

CWR dk foLrkfjr :i

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2. Whistle code for protect the train in rear …………………………………………………… xkM+h ds ihNs lqj{kk djus dk fofly dksM D;k gS

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. Normal aspect of Routing Home signal is ………………………………………………….

:fVax gkse flaXuy dk ukeZy ,LisDV gS

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4. Minimum distance between Home signal & Distant signal shall be ……………mts. gkse flaXuy ,oa fMLVsaV flaXuy dh de ls de nwjh ------------------------------------------------------------------- ehVj gSA

+++

5. Indication of Attention aspect is …………………………………………………………….. Lko/kku flaXuy dk funsZ”k D;k gS

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

6. New authority form of Conditional Line Clear ticket for DN train is ………………………

daMh”kuy ykbZu fVfdV Mkmu xkM+h ds fy, u;s vWFkkfjVh QkeZ D;k gS ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

7. As per GR 4.12 the speed of the train shall be …………………… kmph.

GR 4.12 ds vuqlkj xkM+h dh xfr fdruh gksuh pkfg, -------------------------------------------------- fd-eh-

Page 72: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

- 2 -

Group C: Put tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu’kku yxk;sa) Marks: 8.

1. The level crossing gate which will remain close for 24 hours and will open according to the requirement isknown as (ysoy dzkflax xsV tks 24 ?kaUVs can jgrk gS ,oa vko”;drk iMus ij [kksyk tkrk gSa mls dgrs gS

a. C class level crossing gate b. B class level crossing gate c. A class level corssing gate

2. Double distant signalling section in Double line section station limit will be (Mcy fMLVaV okys flaxufyax lsD’kuesa Mcy ykbZu ds lsD’ku esa LVs’ku fyfeV gksrh gSaa. From outer most distant signal to last stop signals. Lkcls ckgjh fMLVaV flxuy ls ykLV LVki flxuy rd A

b. From inner distant signal to last stop signal in both the lines. buj fMLVV flxuy ls vafre jksd flxuy rd nksuks ykbZuks esa A

c. From home signal to Advance starter (gkse flxuy ls ,Moakl LVkZVj rd)

3. In case of temporary single line working introduce in double line section than Loco Pilot will get McyykbZu ds lsD’ku esa flaxy ykbZu ofdZax ykxw gksus ij yksdks ik;yV dks vFkkfjfV nh tk;sxh

a. T/D 602 b. T/A 602 c.None

4. Minimum Brake power require to clear the load from the road side station jksM lkbZM LVs’ku ls yksM Dyh;j djrs le; de ls de czsd ikoj gksuk pkfg;s

a. 75% b. 85% c. 70 %

5. In case of rail fracture is less serious in the nature then after proper repairing the speed of the train will be(;fn jsy QzsDpj de flfj;l gks rks lgha fjis;j djus ds ckn xkMh fd xfr gksxh)

a. 20 Kmph b. 15 Kmph c. 30 Kmph

6. Whistle code for signal not exchanged by the station staff. LVs”ku LVkQ ;fn flxuy ,Dlpsat ugh djrk rks Oghlhy dksM gksxkA

a. 0 b. 000 c. 00

7. In which situation, all SLR’s to be pin down. (,Slh dkSu lh ifjfLFkrh gSa ftlesa lHkh ,l-,y-vkj- ds fiu Mkmu fd;stkrs gS)(a) In block section, coaching train met serious accident.(CykWasd lsD’ku esa dksfpax Vz~su flfj;l ,DlhMsaV gksusij) (b) In block section, Engine of Coaching Train is failed. (Cykd lsD’ku esa dksfpax Vz~su dk baftu Qsy gksus ij) (c) In block section, coaching train is derailed. (CykWad lsD’ku esa dksfpax Vz~su fMjsy gksus ij)

8. When Distant signal of an Intermediate Block Post is defective and can not be kept in the “ON” positionthen (tc vkbZ-ch- dk fMLVaV flxuy [kjkc gks tkrk gSa rc)a. IB will treated as working (vkbZ-ch-flxuy dks dk;Zjr ekusxs)

Page 73: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

b. IB will treated as defective (vkbZ-ch-flxuy dks [kjkc ekusax)c. None (dksbZ ugha)

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR.

Exam: SWR (DP6) Time: 2.00 hrs. Total marks: 40.

Group A: Answer the following questions (fuEufyf[kr i z’uk s ds mRrj fyf[k; s) Marks: 16.

1. As per GR 3.78, what are the duties of engine crew? GR 3.78 ds vuqlkj baftu pkyd ny dk drZO; D;k gS\

1. What are the duties of enine crew in case of run over cases when person is alive and the person isdead?

3. What are the duties of Loco Pilot in case of bad riding due to track defect and engine defect?Vzsd esa [kjkch ,oa batu esa [kjkch ds dkj.k cSM jkbZfMax gksus ij pkrd dk drZO; D;k gS\

4. What is the procedure of backing the train after passing IB signal upto backing limit board? IB flXuy dks ikl djus ds ckn xkM+h dks cSfdax fyfeV cksMZ rd cSd djus dk rjhdk D;k gS\

Group B: Write the short notes of the following questions Marks: 9.

fuEu ij laf{kIr fVIi.kh fyf[k;s

a) Route Indicators. b) Station Limit. c) Caution Order.

Group C: Fill up the blanks (fjDr LFkku Hkfj;s) Marks: 7.

1. Whistle code for protect the train in rear ……………………………………………………………

xkM+h ds ihNs lqj{kk djus dk fofly dksM D;k gS

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------………

2. Normal aspect of Routing Home signal is …………………………………………………. :fVax gkse flaXuy dk ukeZy ,LisDV gS --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. As per GR 4.12 the speed of the train shall be …………………… kmph. GR 4.12 ds vuqlkj xkM+h dh xfr fdruh gksuh pkfg, -------------------------------------------------- fd-eh-

Page 74: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

4. When more than one shunt signals are provided in a same post then the top most shunt signal is applyfor------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ line.tc ,d [kaHks ij ,d ls T;knk ‘kaV flxuyks dks yxk;k tkrk gS rks lcls mij dk ‘kaV flxuy-------------------------------------------------- ykbZu ds fy;s ykxw gksrk gS A

5. The signal which is placed below any stop signal except First stop signal is known as --------------- ,Slk flxuy ftls izFke jksd flxuy ds uhps NksMdj fdlh Hkh jksd flxuy ds uhps yxk;k tk ldrk gSa mls dgrs gS

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

6. CWR means …………………………………………………………………………………

CWR dk foLrkfjr :i -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

7. Failure of Rolling Stock is a (jksfyax LVkd dk Qsy gksuk gksrk gS) a. “K” class Accident b. “M” class Accident c. “J” class Accident.

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE.USLAPUR. S.E.C.Railway.

Exam: SWR (ACRC 14) Time: 2.00 hrs. Total Marks: 30.

Group A: Put tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu’kku yxk;sa) Marks: 7.

1. Types of manned level crossing gates (esuM ysoy dzkflax ds izdkj gksrs gS)esuM ysoy dzkflax ds izdkj gksrs gS

a. 2 b. 3 c. 4 2. Normal aspect of inner distant signal is (bujfMLVaV flxuy dk ukeZy vklisDV gksrk gS)

buj fMLVaV flxuy dk ukeZy vklisDV gksrk gSa. Caution (lrZd) b. Attention (lko/kku) c. Proceed (vkxs c<ks)

3. Types of shunt signals are (‘kaV flxuy ds izdkj gksrs gSa)

a. 3 types b. 2 types c. 4 types 4. Minimum Brake power require to clear the load from the road side station jksM lkbZM LVs’ku ls yksM Dyh;j djrs le; de ls de czsd ikoj gksuk pkfg;s

a. 85% b. 75% c. 70 %

5. The level crossing gate which will open during day and close during night is known as – (ysoy dzkflax xsV tks fnu esa [kqyk ,oa jkr esa can jgrk gSa mls dgrs gS) a. A class level crossing gate b. B class level crossing gate c. C class level corssing gate6. The adequate distance kept beyond the Home signal is known as (gkse flxuy ds vkxs tks laj{kk nwjh j[kh

tkrh gS mls dgrs gS) a. Block Overlap (Cykd vksoj ysi) b.Signal Overlap (flxuy vksoj ysi) c. Sighting distance (n’̀;rk nwjh)

Page 75: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

7. In case of temporary single line working introduce in double line section than Loco Pilot will get McyykbZu ds lsD’ku esa flaxy ykbZu ofdZax ykxw gksus ij yksdks ik;yV dks vFkkfjfV nh tk;sxh

a. T/D 602 b. T/A 602 c.None

Group B: Write the ansers of the following questions. Marks: 15. fuEufyf[kr iz’uks ds mRrj fyf[k;sa

1. How to pass the I.B. signal in “ON” position? When there is no communication between both the SMand IB Phone is working. (tc nkaasuks LVs’ku ekLVj ds e?; ckrphr can gks ,oa vkbZ-ch- flxuy vku gks rks mls dSls ikjdjsxs] ;fn vkbZ-ch- Qksu dk;Zjr gks)

2. How will you work the train in single line section in case of total interruption?flaxyykbzZu esa laiw.kZ lapkj O;oLFkk Hkax gksus ij xkMh;ksa dk ifjpkyu dSls fd;k tkrk gS

3. What will be the Engg. Protection when the train is require to stop and restriction is less then a day inplane section and in down grediant? Draw the neat diagram of the above protection. LoPN js[kk fp+= [khpdj le>kb;s tc xkMh dks [kMk djuk gks ,oa izfrca?k ,d fnu ls de dk gks rks ysoy lsD’ku ,oa Mkmu xzfM,aV okys lsD’ku esa dSls bathfu;fjax izksVsD’ku fd;k tk;sxk \

- 2 -

Group C: Fill up the blanks (fjDr LFkku Hkfj;s) Marks: 8.

1. When distant siganal combined with last stop signal and when it is taken off it work as --- ------------ Signal. tc fMLVaV flxuy dks vafre jksd flxuy ds lkFk tksMk tkrk gSa ,oa ;fn flxuy vkQ gS rks ;g------------------------------ flxuy fd rjg dk;Z dj jgk gS A

2. When train will start from the yard having with common starter then Loco Pilot will get along with theauthority to proceed --------------------------------------------- tc xkMh dks dkWaeu LVkVZj okys ;kMZ ls LVkZV fd;k tkrk gS rks yksdks ik;yV dks vFkkfjfV Vw izksflM ds lkFk fn;k tk;sxk-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. Identification Mrak for Repeating Signal in MACLS signalling is --------------------------------------- MACLS flaxufyax O;oLFkk esa fjfifVax flxuy dk igpku fpUg gksrk gS -------------------------------------------

4. In double line absolute block section in case of total interruption authority for the second train is-------------------- and the speed of the second train is ----------- and -------- Kmph.nksgjh ykbZu ds ,ClksY;qV Cykd flLVe esa laiw.kZ lapkj O;oLFkk Hkax gksus ij nwljh xkMh dks -------------------------------vFkkfjfV fn tkrh gSa ,oa xkMh fd xfr ------------- ,oa ----------Kmph gksrh gSa A

Page 76: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

5. In case of Train dividing the authority given to the Loco pilot by the Guard is ----------------------- Vz~su fMokbZfMax ds le; xkMZ }kjk yksdks ik;yV dks -------------------------------------------- vFkkfjfV fn tkrh gS A

6. When more than one shunt signals are provided in a same post then the top most shunt signal is applyfor----------------------------------------------- line .tc ,d [kaHks ij ,d ls T;knk ‘kaV flxuyks dks yxk;k tkrk gS rks lcls mij dk ‘kaV flxuy--------------------------------------------- ykbZu ds fy;s ykxw gksrk gS A

7. Minimum equipment of signals in MOMA B Class stations are -----------------------------------------MOMA” B” Dykl ds LVs’ku ij de ls de flxuy yxk;s tkrs gSa ----------------------------------------------------

8. Trap indicator is having two aspects ------------------------- and ----------------------------Vz~si bafMdsVj ds nks vkLisDV gksrs gS -------------------------- ,oa -------------------------------

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTREUSLAPUR.S.E.C.Railway.

Total Marks: .30 Exam: Technical (CRC) Time: 1.30 Hrs.

Group A: Put tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu’kku yxk;sa) Marks: 8.

1. While working the train D.J. will open on different notches but while testing there is no tripping during firststage of testing then it is known as - xkMh dke djrs le; ;fn Mh-ts- fofHkUu ukWap ij vksiu gksrkk gSa ,oa VsLVhax ds nkSjku QLV LVst esa dksbZ fVz~fiax ugha vkrh gSabls -

a. TWAC b. Operation O c. Operation B

Page 77: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

2. WAG7 Loco continuous current ratting is - WAG7 Loco yxkrkj djaV jsVhax gksrh gSa

a. 750 Amps and 650 Volt b. 900 Amps and 750 volt c. 325 volt and 600 Amps.

3. If CHBA becomes defective then loco can be work on BA Voltage up to

;fn CHBA [kjkc gks tk;s rks BA oksYVst ij yksdks dks dk;Z fd;k tk ldrk gSaa. 3 Hours b. 2 Hours c. 4 Hours

4. In Modified WAG5 Loco QD 2 is connected in betweenModified WAG5 Loco esa QD 2 yxh gSa

a. TM 4&5 b. TM5&6 c. TM 4&6

5. RGEB2 is provided for (RGEB2 yxk;kx;k gSa) a. Vac stock train b. Air stock train c. None

oSD;we LVkWad ,vjLVkWad Vz~su dksbZ ugha

6. C118 N.C.I. provided on Q100 branch is having with the time lag of 5 secods due to Q100 fjys ds czkap ij C118 N.C.I yxk;k x;k gS ftldk VkbZe ysx 5 lsds.M gSa bls yxk;k x;k gS

a. To avoid the Tripping of DJ (DJ dks fVz̀i gksus ls cpkus ds fy;s)b. It is provided for Operation O (;g vkijs’ku 0s gsrq yx;k x;k gS) c. To avoid the over loading on Arno. (vkuksZ dks vksOgj yksfMax ls cpkus ds fy;s)

7. If panto does not touches the contact wire and ZPT on 1 and Loco pilot try to close the DJ then he will get (;fn isUVksa dkWaVsDV okWa;j dks Vp ugha djrk ,oa pkyd Mh-ts- Dykst djus dks iz;Ru djrk gSa rks)

a. No tension on line (uks VsaU’ku vkWau ykbZu)b. Opration “A”c. ICDJ (vkbZ-lh-Mh-ts)

8. Parking Brakes can not be activated if the speed of the Locomotive exceedsikfdZax czsd ugha yxsxs ;fn yksdks fd xfr vf/kd gksxh

a. 1.5 Kmph b. 5 Kmph c. 10 Kmph

- 2 -

Group B: Fill up the blanks (fjDr LFkku Hkfj;s) Marks: 7.

1. Q30 relay will energise on ------------------------------------------- Volt.

Page 78: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

Q30 fjys dk,ujtkbZftax osY;w gSa ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ oksYV

2. If QVSL1becomes defective then Driver will get the tripping in Operation ---------------------- ;fnQVSL1 [kjkc gks tk;s arks pkyd dks fVz~fiax feysxh vkijs’ku --------------------------------------------------------

3. ----------------fuse will melt then pilot lamp will not glow.

----------------- Q;wt esYV gksus ij ik;yV ySEi ugha tysaxs A

4. ---------------------Relay will energise when over voltage will happen in Traction Motors. --------------------- fjys ,ujtkbt gksxh tc Vz~asD’ku eksVj es vksoj oksYVst gks tkrk gSa A

5. MCPA can be work up to --------------------------------- minutes. MCPA dks --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- feuV rd dk;Z ys ldrs gS A

6. CGR2 will close on ---------------------- notch. CGR 2 ------------------------------------ ukp esa Dykst gksrk gS A

7. After wedging C107 DJ will close by the manual operation of --------------------------------- C107dks ost djus ds mijkar Mh-ts-dks -------------------- ds esuqoyvkijs’ku }kjk Dykst fd;k tkrk gSaA

Group C: Write the ansers of the following questions. Marks: 15.

fuEufyf[kr iz’uks ds mRrj fyf[k;sa 15 vad

1. What is ICDJ? Whats are the main probable causes for ICDJ? When Q44 will not energise then whattrouble shooting will you perform? ICDJ D;kgS \ICDJds lHkh laHkkfor dkj.kksa dks fyf[k;s \ ;fn Q44 fjys ,ujtkbt ugha gksxh rks vki D;k Vz~cy ‘kqfVax djsaxs A

2. What is TLTE? When GR will not progress at all then what trouble shooting will you perform?TLTE D;kgSa \ tc th vkj izksxzsl gh ugha gksrk rks vki D;k Vz~cy ‘kqfVax djsaxs \

3. What is the function of C3W Distributor valve? Where it is provided? If it becomes defective than whattrouble shooting will you perform? C3W Distributor valve dk D;k dke gSa A ;g dgkWa yxk gSa \ ;fn ;g [kjkc gks tk;s arks vki D;k Vz~cy ‘kqVhax djsaxs \

Page 79: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE.USLAPUR. S.E.C.Railway.

Exam: SWR (Track Maintenance) Time: 1.30 hrs. Total Marks: 30.

Group A: Fill up the blanks (fjDr LFkku Hkfj;s) Marks: 8.

1. Minimum equipment of signals in MOMA B Class stations are -----------------------------------------MOMA” B” Dykl ds LVs’ku ij de ls de flxuy yxk;s tkrs gSa ----------------------------------------------------

2. Trap indicator is having two aspects ------------------------- and ----------------------------Vz~si bafMdsVj ds nks vkLisDV gksrs gS -------------------------- ,oa -------------------------------

3. CWR means ………………………………………………………………………………… CWR dk foLrkfjr :i -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4. Breach of Block Rules is a …………… class of accident.CykWd fu;eksa dk mYya?ku ---------------------------------------- dh nq?kZVuk,a gksrh gSA

5. S.E.J means ……………………………………………………………………………………….. S.E.J. dk eryc D;k gS------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

6. Normal aspect of fixed stop signal is ………………………………………………………………fQDlsM flaxuy dk ukeZy ,LisDV ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------gksrh gSA

7. If the train is require to stop in 1 in 100 down gradient section then caution indicator is provided----------------------------- meter from the place of obstruction. ;fn 1 esa 100 MkMu xzsfM,aV okys lsD’ku esa xkMh dks [kMk djuk gSa rks dk’ku bMhdsVj dks -----------------------------ehVj dh nwjh ij yxk;k tkrk gSaa A

8. Speed of the second train running with T/D 602 during TSL working is ------------------- Kmph.

T/D 602 ysdj pyus okyh nwljh xkMh fd xfr TSL ofdZax ds nkSjku ------------------------------------------------------------- KMPH gksrh gS

Group B: Write the short notes of the following questions Marks: 12.

fuEu ij laf{kIr fVIi.kh fyf[k;s

a. Caution indicator b. Block section c. Station limit d. Stop indicator board.

Page 80: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

Group C: Write the ansers of the following questions. Marks: 10.

fuEufyf[kr iz’uks ds mRrj fyf[k;sa

1. What will be the Engg. Protection when the train is require to stop and restriction is less then a day inplane section and in down grediant? Draw the neat diagram of the above protection. LoPN js[kk fp+= [khpdj le>kb;s tc xkMh dks [kMk djuk gks ,oa izfrca?k ,d fnu ls de dk gks rks ysoy lsD’ku ,oa Mkmu xzfM,aV okys lsD’ku esa dSls bathfu;fjax izksVsD’ku fd;k tk;sxk \

2. Write the details of GR 6.03? GR 6.03 dks iw.kZ fooj.k ds lkFk fyf[k;sa \

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE.USLAPUR. S.E.C.Railway.

Exam: Track Maintenance Time: 1.30 hrs. Total Marks: 30.

Group A: Write the ansers of the following questions. Marks: 10.

fuEufyf[kr iz’uks ds mRrj fyf[k;sa

1. What will be the Engg. Protection when the train is require to stop and restriction is less then a day inplane section and in down grediant? Draw the neat diagram of the above protection. LoPN js[kk fp+= [khpdj le>kb;s tc xkMh dks [kMk djuk gks ,oa izfrca?k ,d fnu ls de dk gks rks ysoy lsD’ku ,oa Mkmu xzfM,aV okys lsD’ku esa dSls bathfu;fjax izksVsD’ku fd;k tk;sxk \

2. Write the details of GR 6.03? GR 6.03 dks iw.kZ fooj.k ds lkFk fyf[k;sa \

Group B: Fill up the blanks (fjDr LFkku Hkfj;s) Marks: 7.

1. CWR means ………………………………………………………………………………… CWR dk foLrkfjr :i -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2. Engine failed in Mid Section is a ------------------------------------ class of accident. baftu ;fn Cykd lsD’ku esa Qsy gks tk;s rks mls ------------------------------------------------Dykl dk ,DlhMsaV dgrs gS A

3. If the train is require to stop in 1 in 100 down gradient section then caution indicator is provided----------------------------- meter from the place of obstruction. ;fn 1 esa 100 MkMu xzsfM,aV okys lsD’ku esa xkMh dks [kMk djuk gSa rks dk’ku bMhdsVj dks -----------------------------ehVj dh nwjh ijyxk;k tkrk gSaa A

4. Minimum signals in MOMA B class station are -------------------------------------------------------- MOMA B Dykl ds LVs’ku ij de ls de flxuy -------------------------------------------------- gksrs gS A

Page 81: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

5. S.E.J means ……………………………………………………………………………………….. S.E.J. dk eryc D;k gS------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

6. Trap indicator is having two aspects ------------------------- and ----------------------------Vz~si bafMdsVj ds nks vkLisDV gksrs gS -------------------------- ,oa -------------------------------

7. Speed of the second train running with T/D 602 during TSL working is ------------------- Kmph

Group C: Write the ansers of the following questions. Marks: 6.

fuEufyf[kr iz’uks ds mRrj fyf[k;sa

a. Speed Board.b Caution Indicator.

- 2 -

Group D: Put tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu’kku yxk;sa) Marks: 7.

1. The speed restriction which will imposed for the short time is known asLihM fjLVz~hd’ku tks FkksMs le; ds fy;as ykxw fd;k tkrk gS mls dgrs gSa

a. Parmanent Engg. Speed Restriction. (ijeusaUV bthfu;fjax LihM fjLVz~hd’ku)b. Semipermanent Engg. Speed Restriction. (lseh ijeusaUV bthfu;fjax LihM fjLVz~hd’ku)c. Temporary Engg. Speed Restriction. (VsEijjh bthfu;fjax LihM fjLVz~hd’ku)

2. The level crossing gate which will remain close for 24 hours and will open according to the requirement isknown as (ysoy dzkflax xsV tks 24 ?kaUVs can jgrk gS ,oa vko”;drk iMus ij [kksyk tkrk gSa mls dgrs gS

a. A class level crossing gate b. B class level crossing gate c. C class level corssing gate

3. In which situation one detonator will be useda. During foggy weatherb. In case approaching signal becomes defective in OFF positionc. In case starter signal becomes defective.

4. Normal aspect of inner distant signal is (buj fMLVaV flxuy dk ukeZy vklisDV gksrk gS)buj fMLVaV flxuy dk ukeZy vklisDV gksrk gS

a. Caution (lrZd) b. Attention (lko/kku) c. Proceed (vkxs c<ks)

Page 82: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

5. In case of rail fracture is less serious in the nature then after proper repairing the speed of the train will be(;fn jsy QzsDpj de flfj;l gks rks lgha fjis;j djus ds ckn xkMh fd xfr gksxh)

a. 20 Kmph b. 15 Kmph c. 30 Kmph

6. In case of temporary single line working introduce in double line section than Loco Pilot will get McyykbZu ds lsD”ku esa flaxy ykbZu ofdZax ykxw gksus ij yksdks ik;yV dks vFkkfjfV nh tk;sxh

a. T/D 602 b. T/A 602 c.None

7. While working with T/A 602, the speed of the train shall be (T/A 602 vFkkfjVh ds lkFk dke djus ds le;xkM+h dh xfr fdruh gksrh gSA) a. 15/10 kmph b. 15/8 kmph c. 25/8 kmph.

Page 83: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE USLAPUR.

Exam: 3 Phase Loco. Time: 1.30 hrs. Total Marks: 30.

Group A: Put tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu’kku yxkbZ;) Marks: 10.1. To isolate panto No. 1 Keep panto selector switch in …………………. Position.(isUVks u0 1 dks vkblksysVdjus ds fy, isUVks flyDVj fLop dks _____ ij j[ksa A )

a. Auto b. I c. II d. I & II

2. Secondary suspension vertical damper is provided (lsds.Mjh lLisa’ku ofVZdy MaEij yxk gksrk gSa) a. Axle journal and bogie frame (,Dly tujy ,oa cksxh Qzse ds e/;) b. Bogie frame and Loco body under frame (cksxh Qzse ,oa yksdks ckMh dk vMj Qzzse) c.None of the above (mijksDr es ls dksbZ ugha)

3. Parking brake facility is available to …………………… wheels in WAG-9 loco. ( WAG-9 loco esa____ pDds ij ikfdZax czsd miyC/k gSA ) a. 1, 4, 5 & 8 b. 2, 6, 7 & 11 c. 2 & 11 d. 1, 6, 7 & 12

4. Oil pump for converter1 is provided nearduoVZj dzeWkd1 ds rsy dks ?kqekus okyk iaEi yxk gksrk gS] ds ikl esa

a. BUR 1 b.HB1 c. Oil cooling unit , transformer/converter 1 (Vz~kalQkjej rFkk duoVZj1 ds rsy dks Ba.Mk djus okys ;qfuV uEcj 1 ds ikl)

5. Parking Brake can not be activated if the speed of the Locomotive exceedsikfdZax czsd ugha yxsxs ;fn yksdks fd xfr vf/kd gksxh

a. 1.5 Kmph b. 5 Kmph c. 10 Kmph d. None of the above (mijksDr es ls dksbZ ugha)

6. Constant Speed Control (CSC) can be activated at any speed abovedkUlVsUV LihM daVz~ksy dk;Z djrk gS tc yksdks fd xfr

a. 5 Kmph b. 8 Kmph c. 3 Kmph

7. If the speed of WAG9 loco becomes 110 kmph than actions take place in the cab are WAG9 yksdks fd xfr tc 110 kmph gks tkrh gS rks dSc esa feyus okys vlkekU; y{k.k gksxs

a. Buzzer will sound, Emergency Braking will take place, P2 fault message will display onthe Screen (ctj ctsxk ] bejtsalh czfdax gksxh] P2 dk QkYV eSlst utj vk;sxk)

b. Only Buzzer will sound (dsoy ctZj ctsxk)

Page 84: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

c. Only emergency braking will take place (dsoy bejtsUlh czsfdax gksxh)8. In WAG9 loco each traction motor is equipped with - WAG9 yksdks esa izR;sd Vz~sD’ku eksVj ds lkFk yxs gksrs gSa

a. Two Temperature sensors (nks VsEijspj lsUlj) b. One Temperature sensors (,d VsEijspj lsUlj)

c. None of the above (nksuks es ls dksbZ ugha)

9. If the Catenary voltage is out of limits than what indication will you get in WAG 9Loco?;fn WAG9 yksdks esa dsVsujh dk oksYVst vkmV vkQ fyfeV gks tk;s rks ladsr feysxk

a. U meter neddle will deviate and LSDJ remain extinguish;wehVj dk fufMy Msfo,V gksxk ,oa LSDJ dk ySEi cq>k gh jgasxk

b. LSDJ will glow and F0104P1 Fault message will display on the screen. LSDJ tysxk ,oa F0104P1 dk QkYV eSlst Ldzhu ij fn[kkbZ nsxk

c. None of the above (mijksDr esa ls dksbZ ugha)

- 2 -10. What will happen when Transformer oil tempreture will increase in WAG9 LOCO? WAG9 yksdks esa ;fn Vz~kWalQkjej ds rsy dk rkieku c< tkus ij gksxk

a. VCB will open and F 0105P1 fault message will display on the screen. VCB [kqy tk;sxk ,oa F 0105P1 dk QkYV eSlst Ldzhu ij fn[kkbZ nsxk

b. VCB will not open and F0106 P2 fault message will display on the screen. VCB ugha [kqysxk ,oa F0106 P2 dk QkYV eSlst Ldzhu ij fn[kkbZ nsxk

c. None of the above (mijksDr es ls dksbZ ugha)Group B: Fill up the blanks (fjDr LFkku Hkfj; s) Marks: 5.

1. If the Loco Status is showing “92 “it indicates ---------------------------------------------------- ;fn yksdks dk LVsVl 92 gS rks ;g lqfpr djrk gS

---------------------------------------------------

2. Condition of the cut out cocks on the Pneumatic Pannel of WAG9 Loco in Multiple unit trailing Loco are(WAG9 yksdks ds eYVhiy ;wfuV ds Vz~sfyax yksdks esa U;wesfVd iSuy ij yxs dV vkmV dkWad fdiksth’ku gksuh pkfg;s)

(47)-------------------- (74) ------------------------ (136) ---------------------- (70)---------------3. SS10 is the sub system for-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SS 10 lc flLVe -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- dsfy;s yxk;k x;k gS A

4. If primary over current relay will dropped than------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ indications will come in the cab. ;fn izk;ejh vksoj djaV fjys Mz~ki gksrh gS rks dsc esa

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ladsr feysxs A

Page 85: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

5. Speedometer transmitter is provided on the wheel no------------------------------------------------------------ in WAG9 Loco. LihMksehVj Vz~kalehVj WAG9 yksdks esa pDdk ua

--------------------------------------------------------------------- ij yxk gksrk gS AGroup C: Answer the following questions (fuEufyf[kr i z’uk s ds mRrj fyf[k; s) Marks:15.

1. How to apply and release the parking brakes?IkfdZax czsd dks dSls yxk;k ,oa fjfyt fd;k tkrk gSa \

2. How to make a WAG9 Loco dead and how to send it to the home shed attached with the other goodloco? WAG9 yksdks dks dSls MsM fd;k tkrk gS ,oa mls nwljs vPNs yksdks ds lkFk yxkdj dSls gkse ‘ksMHkstrs gS fy[ks)3. What is the Emergency stop push button? When it is used and how to reset it?

(bejtsalh LVki iwq’k cVu D;k gSa\ bldk mi;ksx dc djrs gSa ,oa bls dSls fjlsV djrs gSa\

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE.USLAPUR. S.E.C.Railway.

Exam: SWR (ACRC) Time: 1.30 hrs. Total Marks: 30.

Group A: Put tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu”kku yxk;sa) Marks: 7.

1. How many dead Locomotives are permitted to attach next to the Train Loco of Goods Train on sectionwhere D/H is permitted.(tgka Mcy gsM xkMh pykus fd vuqerh gks ekyxkMh ds yksdks ds fiNs fdrus MsMyksdks tksM dj pyk;k tk ldrk gSA) a. 2 working Loco + 1 Dead Loco.

b. 2 working Loco + 2 Dead Loco with (Brake Operative)c. 1 working Loco + 1 Dead Loco with (Brake Operative)

2. Normal aspect of inner distant signal is (buj fMLVaV flxuy dk ukeZy vklisDV gksrk gS)buj fMLVaV flxuy dk ukeZy vklisDV gksrk gS

a. Caution (lrZd) b. Attention (lko/kku) c. Proceed (vkxs c<ks)

3. Types of shunt signals are (‘kaV flxuy ds izdkj gksrs gSa)

Page 86: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

a. 3 types b. 2 types c. 4 types

4. Minimum Brake power require to clear the load from the road side station jksM lkbZM LVs’ku ls yksM Dyh;j djrs le; de ls de czsd ikoj gksuk pkfg;s

a. 85% b. 75% c. 70 %

5. What is active Piston…? (,fDVo fi”Vu fdls dgrs gSa --------\)

a. After distroying complete Vaccum/BP, Piston remains "ON" for 30 min.(Vªsu esa iqjs oSD;qe@fc-fi Mªki djus ds ckn]fi”Vu 30 feuV rd vIykbZ voLFkk esa jgrk gSA )b. After distroying complete Vaccum/BP, Piston rolls down within 5 min. (Vªsu esa iqjs oSD;qe@fc-fi Mªki djus ds ckn]fi”Vu 05 feuV ckn jksy Mkmu gks tkrk gSSA )c. After distroying complete Vaccum/BP, Piston does not apply at all. (Vªsu esa iqjs oSD;qe@fc-fi Mªki djus ds ckn]fi”Vu vIykbZ ufga gksrk gSA )

6. The adequate distance kept beyond the Home signal is known as (gkse flxuy ds vkxs tks laj{kk nwjh j[khtkrh gS mls dgrs gS)

a. Block Overlap (Cykd vksoj ysi) b.Signal Overlap (flxuy vksoj ysi) c. Sighting distance (n’̀;rk nwjh)

7. In case of temporary single line working introduce in double line section than Loco Pilot will get McyykbZu ds lsD’ku esa flaxy ykbZu ofdZax ykxw gksus ij yksdks ik;yV dks vFkkfjfV nh tk;sxh

a. T/D 602 b. T/A 602 c.None

- 2 -

Group B: Write the ansers of the following questions. Marks: 15. fuEufyf[kr iz’uks ds mRrj fyf[k;sa

1. How to pass the I.B. signal in “ON” position, When telephone at IB post is out of order? (tc IB post dsVsfyQksu dk;Zjr uk gksus ij ,oa vkbZ-ch- flxuy vku gks rks mls dSls ikj djasxsas)

2. How will you work the train in single line section in case of total interruption?flaxyykbzZu esa laiw.kZ lapkj O;oLFkk Hkax gksus ij xkMh;ksa dk ifjpkyu dSls fd;k tkrk gS

3. What will be the Engg. Protection when the train is require to stop and restriction is less then a day inplane section and in down grediant? Draw the neat diagram of the above protection.

Page 87: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

LoPN js[kk fp+= [khpdj le>kb;s tc xkMh dks [kMk djuk gks ,oa izfrca?k ,d fnu ls de dk gks rks ysoy lsD’ku ,oa Mkmu xzfM,aV okys lsD’ku esa dSls bathfu;fjax izksVsD’ku fd;k tk;sxk \

Group C: Fill up the blanks (fjDr LFkku Hkfj;s) Marks: 8.

1. When distant siganal combined with last stop signal and when it is taken off it work as --- ------------ Signal. tc fMLVaV flxuy dks vafre jksd flxuy ds lkFk tksMk tkrk gSa ,oa ;fn flxuy vkQ gS rks ;g------------------------------ flxuy fd rjg dk;Z dj jgk gS A

2. When train will start from the yard having with common starter then Loco Pilot will get along with theauthority to proceed --------------------------------------------- tc xkMh dks dkWaeu LVkVZj okys ;kMZ ls LVkZV fd;k tkrk gS rks yksdks ik;yV dks vFkkfjfV Vw izksflM ds lkFk fn;k tk;sxk-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. Identification Mrak for Repeating Signal in MACLS signalling is --------------------------------------- MACLS flaxufyax O;oLFkk esa fjfifVax flxuy dk igpku fpUg gksrk gS -------------------------------------------

4. In double line absolute block section in case of total interruption authority for the second train is-------------------- and the speed of the second train is ----------- and -------- Kmph.nksgjh ykbZu ds ,ClksY;qV Cykd flLVe esa laiw.kZ lapkj O;oLFkk Hkax gksus ij nwljh xkMh dks -------------------------------vFkkfjfV fn tkrh gSa ,oa xkMh fd xfr ------------- ,oa ----------Kmph gksrh gSa A

5. In case of Train dividing the authority given to the Loco pilot by the Guard is ----------------------- Vz~su fMokbZfMax ds le; xkMZ }kjk yksdks ik;yV dks -------------------------------------------- vFkkfjfV fn tkrh gS A

6. When more than one shunt signals are provided in a same post then the top most shunt signal is applyfor----------------------------------------------- line.tc ,d [kaHks ij ,d ls T;knk ‘kaV flxuyks dks yxk;k tkrk gS rks lcls mij dk ‘kaV flxuy--------------------------------------------- ykbZu ds fy;s ykxw gksrk gS A

7. _____ mm is the maximum length of "Flat Tyre" which is allowed to work in LOCO.Yksdks dh pDds ij ¶ysV Vk;j(fOgy fLdfMax) fd yEckbZ ____mm rd pykus fd vuqefr fn;k x;k gSA

8. If an auto stop signal was found at ‘ON’. after exchanging signal with guard, proceed with ____ Kmph(If view ahead is clear)/___ Kmph (If view ahead is not clear) up to foot of next stop signal.(vxj dksbZ vVksLVki flxuy Þvkuß fLFkfr ij jgrk gS rc xkMZ ds lkFk flxuy ,Dlpsat djus ds i”pkr |̀”;rk lkQ jgus ij ___kmph rFkk |̀”;rk lkQ uk jgus ij ___ kmph esa vxyk stop flxuy rd tkuk pkfg,A )

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE.USLAPUR. S.E.C.Railway.

Exam: Tech/SWR (LP Upgradation course) Time: 2.00 hrs. Total Marks: 30.

Group A: Put tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu”kku yxk;sa) Marks: 8.

1. In Modified WAG7 Loco QD 2 is connected in between

Page 88: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

Modified WAG5 Loco esa QD 2 yxh gSaa. TM 5&6 a. TM4&5 c. TM 4&6

2. If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ [kjkc gks tk;s arks Mh-ts- dks Dykst fd;k tk ldrk gSa

a. BP2DJ b. Q44 c. Q118.

3. In WAG-5 loco location of air control cutout cock is at ____.(WAG-5 yksdks esa ,;j dkUVªksy dkVvkmV dkd___ ij fLFkr gSA) a. Above BA box-1 b. Above wheel no.2&4 c. Above wheel no.3&4

4. Maximum Brake Cylinder pressure of Wagon is ____. ( oSxu ds czsd flfyUMj esa vf/kdre ____ izs”kj tkrkgSA )

a. 3 kg/cm2 b. 4 kg/cm2 c. 2.5 kg/cm2 d. 3.8 kg/cm2

5. After train parting ____ indications will appear on driving cab.(Train parting gks tkus ij Mªkbfoax dSc ij___ lqpuk;sa feysaxsA) a. LSAF will glow, GR will come to ‘0’ (LSAF tysxk]GR ‘0’ ij vk tk,xkA)

b. White needle in AFI will shoot up( ,;j ¶yks bfUMdsVj esa lQsn dkaVk ]yky dkaVk ds vkxs c< tk,xkA)c. Loco brake will be applied along with train brake (Vªsu czsd ds lkFk yksdks czsd Hkh vIykb gks tk,xkA)d. All of the above(mijksDr lHkh fdz;k,a gksaxsA)

6. If contineous air leakage experienced from Auto drain valve,____ should be performed by loco pilot towork the train.(vkVks Mz~su okYo ls yxkrkj ,;j fydst gksus ij yks]ik] xkMh dke djus ds fy, ___ djuk pkfg,A)

a. Demand relief loco(lgk;rk yksdks dh ekax djs) b. close its cut out cock & manually drain out the moisture from MR-1 &2 (bldk dkV vkmV dkd dkscan djsa o eSuq;yh MR-1 o MR-2 dh ueh ¼ ek;”pj ½ Mªsu vkmV djsaA ) c. close its cut out cock & manually drain out the moisture from MR-3 &4 (bldk dkV vkmV dkd dkscan djsa o eSuq;yh MR-3 o MR-4 dh ueh ¼ ek;”pj ½ Mªsu vkmV djsaA )

7. In case of Train dividing the authority given to the Loco pilot by the Guard is ----------------------- Vz~su fMokbZfMax ds le; xkMZ }kjk yksdks ik;yV dks -------------------------------------------- vFkkfjfV fn tkrh gS A

a. T/D/602 b. T/806 c.T/609

8. _____ mm is the maximum length of "Flat Tyre" which is allowed to work in LOCO.Yksdks dh pDds ij ¶ysV Vk;j(fOgy fLdfMax) fd yEckbZ ____mm rd pykus fd vuqefr fn;k x;k gSA

a. 40 b. 50 c. 60

2 –

Group B: Write the answers of the following (fuEufyf[kr iz’uks ds mRrj fyf[k;sa) Marks: 12.

Page 89: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

1. What indications will be experienced in driving cab if wheelslipping occurs during run? What precautionsshould be taken to avoid wheel slipping?(xkMh pykrs le; fOgy fLyfiax gksus ij Mªkbfoax dSc esa D;k D;k lqpuk;safeysaxs \ bls ,oksbM djus ds fy, D;k D;k lkc/kkfu;ka ysfu gksxh \

2. What is ICDJ? What are the main probable causes for ICDJ? When contactor C118 does not close,what trouble shooting will you perform? ICDJ D;k gS \ ICDJ ds lHkh izeq[k laHkkfor dkj.kksa dks fy[ksa \ tc dUVkDVj C118 Dykst ugha gksxh rks vki D;kVz~cy “kqfVax djsaxs \

3. What do you understand by a good driving technique? What precautions would you follow whileworking a loaded train with single unit loco ?( vPNh Mªkbfoax rduhd ls vki D;k le>rs gSa \ flaxy ;qfuV yksdks dslkFk yksMsM xkMh dks pykrs le; D;k D;k lkc/kkfu;ka cjruh gksxh ? )

Group C: Write short of the following (fuEufyf[kr ij laf{kIr fVI i.kh fyf[k; ) Marks: 6

a. Hand brake b. Specific energy consumption c. Sag gradient

Group D: Fill up the blanks (fjDr LFkku Hkfj;s) Marks: 4

1. Braking distance = ________distance + _______ distance (czsfdax nqjh ¾ ______ nqjh +_______ nqjh)

2. To recreate quickly, after dropping B.P. _________ switch is to be pressed.(B.P Mªki djus ds ckn iqu%rqjar cukus gsrq -------------------------- fLop dks izsl djuk pkfg,)

3. In case of emergency’ during run when there is no time to stop the train as per procedure, some ofthe(WAG-5&WAG-7) locos are provided with _______ push button switch on dring desk.(xkMh pykrsle; vkikr dkyhu fLFkfr esa tc fu;ekuqlkj xkMh dks jksdus ds fy, le; uk feys rc dqN WAG-5/WAG-7 yksdks esa________ iq”k cVu fLop Mªkbfax MsLd ij fn;k x;k gSA)

4. If the Relief engine failed in the Block Section then protection in rear will be ___________________________________________________________________________________. ;fn lgk;rk yksdks Cykd lsD’ku esa Qsy gks tkrk gS rks mlds fiNs dk cpko gksxk-------------------------------------________________________________________________________________________.

************ **************

Page 90: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE.USLAPUR. S.E.C.Railway.

Exam: SWR (DP) Time: 2.00 hrs. Total Marks: 40.

Group A: Answer the following questions (fuEufyf[kr i z’uk s ds mRrj fyf[k; s) Marks:161. Explain with a neat diagram how protection will be done if accident occurs & all the lines are

blocked in following situation in triple line section(fVªiy ykbZu lsDlu esa fuEufyf[kr ifjfLFkfr;ksa esanq?kZVuk gksdj lHkh ykbZusa vojks/k gks tkus ij protection dSls fd;k tk,xk]lfp= le>k;saA )

a) When affected train is on up line( tc okf/kr xkMh UP ykbZu esa gks )b) When affected train is on middle line. ( tc okf/kr xkMh MIDDLE ykbZu esa gks )

2. Explain the working of trains in case of Single line introduced on double line & there is total interruptionof all communications? (Mcy ykbu lsDlu esa flaxy ykbu ykxq gksus ds ckn laiq.kZ lapkj O;oLFkk Hkax gkstkus ij xkMh;ksa ds izpkyu fo/kh c.kZu djsaA)3. Write about T/A 602 & T/ 510. (T/A 602 o T/510 ds ckjs esa fy[ksaA)

4. Duty of loco pilot in case clearing a load from road side station in case BPC is invalid?(jksM lkbZM LVsluls yksM fDy;j djrs le;]tc BPC invalid jgrk gS yksdks ik;yV ds drZO; fy[kSaA)

Page 91: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

Group B: Write the short notes of the following. fuEu ij laf{kIr fVIi.kh fyf[k;s Marks: 8.a. Green Notice b. Caution order c. Interlocking (baVjykWfdax) d. Golden hour

Group C: Fill up the blanks (fjDr LFkku Hkfj;s) Marks: 8.1. Normal aspect of repeating signal in MACLS is _____________________________________ (MACLS esa fjfifVax flxuy dk ukeZy aspect ___________________________________ gksrk gSA)

2. Time allowance for goods train for starting ………… minutes and for stopping ………. minutes.EkkyxkM+h LVkZV djus ds fy, ----------------------fefuV ,oa LVki djus ds fy, ----------------fefuV VkbZe ,ykmUl fn;k tkrk gSA

3. Maximum allowed Speed for B class ODC is ______ kmph & for C class ODC is _____kmph whenrunning on straight line.( fl/ks ykbZu ij fc Dykl vksMhlh dk vf/kdre allowed Speed _____kmph o Lkh DyklvksMhlh dk vf/kdre allowed Speed _____kmph gSA)

4. Authority for a Train to back beyond “backing limit” board is______________________. (“Backing Limit” cksMZ ds vkxs ckMh dks fiNs c<kus ds fy, ---------------------------------------------izkf/kdkj pkfg,A)

5. Whistle code for material train ready to leave is __________________________________. (ÞeVsfj;y Vªsu NksMus ds fy, izLrqr gSß ds fy, fOgly dksM ______________________________ gSA)

6. Hand signal for moving away from the person shunting is _______________________________.(‘kafVx djkus okys O;fDr ls nqj tkus ds fy;s Hand signal _______________________________ gSA )

7 Auto gate signal showing danger & “A” marker is not glowing means _____________________.(Auto gate signalyky fn[kk jgk gks o“A” marker cq>k gqvk jgus ij ________________ n’kZkrk gSA )

8. Authority for a material train to proceed in obstructed block section is ___________& speed should not exceed_______kmph when view ahead is clear.(eVsfj;y Vªsu dks vojksf/kr Cykd lsDlu esatkus ds fy, _________ izkf/kdkj fn;k tkrk gS rFkk |`’;rk lkQ jgus ij ______kmph ls T;knk ufgagksuk pkfg;sA)

- 2 -

Group D: Put tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu’kku yxkbZ;) Marks: 8.

1. How many dead Locomotives are permitted to attach next to the Train Loco of Goods Train onsection where D/H is permitted. .(tgka Mcy gsM xkMh pykus fd vuqerh gks ekyxkMh ds yksdks ds fiNsfdrus MsM yksdks tksM dj pyk;k tk ldrk gSA)

A. 2 working Loco + 1 Dead Loco.B. 2 working Loco + 2 Dead Loco with (Brake Operative)C. 1 working Loco + 1 Dead Loco with (Brake Operative)

Page 92: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

2. In case of rail fracture is less serious in the nature then after proper repairing the speed of the train will be(;fn jsy QzsDpj de flfj;l gks rks lgha fjis;j djus ds ckn xkMh fd xfr gksxh)

a. 20 Kmph b. 15 Kmph c. 30 Kmph

3. In case of temporary single line working introduce in double line section than Loco Pilot will get McyykbZu ds lsD”ku esa flaxy ykbZu ofdZax ykxw gksus ij yksdks ik;yV dks vFkkfjfV nh tk;sxh

a. T/D 602 b. T/A 602 c.T/C/602

4. While returning from accident spot speed and interval of 2nd relief train? (accident spot ls LVslu rjQokilh ds le; 2nd relief train dks ___ feuV varjky esa o ___ kmph vf/kdre xrh gksuh pkfg,A )

a. 15kmph, 30mins.b . 8kmph, 15mins.c. 10kmph, 15mins

5. Conditional line clear message in T/B602 is given for(T/B602 esa “Conditional line clear message” ____ dsfy;s fn;k tkrk gSA)

a. Return journey of light engine going to open communication(communication [kqyus ds fy;s tkusokyk light engine dk okilh ds fy;)s b. Train, whose engine is going to open communication( mlh xkMh ds fy;s]ftldk light engine, communication [kqyus ds fy;s x;h gS)sc. Second train after opening communication(communication[kqyus ds ckn f}fr; xkMh ds fy;s)

6. When Distant signal of an Intermediate Block Post is defective and can not be kept in the “ON” positionthen (tc vkbZ-ch- dk fMLVsaV flxuy [kjkc gks tkrk gSa rc)a. IB will be treated as working (vkbZ-ch-flxuy dks dk;Zjr ekuasxs)b. IB will be treated as defective (vkbZ-ch-flxuy dks [kjkc ekusaxs)c. Only IB distant is to be treated as defective (dsoy vkbZ-ch- fMLVaV flxuy dks [kjkc ekusaxs a)

7. Normally not more than ------No. of persons other than the Engine Crew shall be permitted to travel inthe cab (lkekU; voLFkk esa bathu dsc esa batu dehZ ny ds vykok ____ O;fDr ;k=k dj ldrs gS)

a. 3 Persons b. 4 Persons c. 5 persons

8. During Prolong failure of auto signals ,authority & speed of first train is(Auto signals ds Prolong failure gkstkus ij igyk xkMh dk vkFkfjVh o fLiM gksxh ___ o ___kmphA)

a. T/D/ 912, 25 kmphb. T/A/912, 25 kmphc. T/D/912, 15 kmph

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTREUSLAPUR.S.E.C.Railway.

Page 93: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

Total Marks: .30 Exam: Technical (CRC) Time: 1.30 Hrs.

Group A: Put tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu”kku yxk;sa) Marks: 8.

1. While working the train D.J. will open on different notches but while testing there is no tripping during firststage of testing then it is known as - xkMh dke djrs le; ;fn Mh-ts- fofHkUu ukWap ij vksiu gksrkk gSa ,oa VsLVhax ds nkSjku QLV LVst esa dksbZ fVz~fiax ugha vkrh gSabls -

a. TWAC b. Operation O c. Operation B

2. WAG7 Loco continuous current ratting is - WAG7 Loco yxkrkj djaV jsVhax gksrh gSa

a. 750 Amps and 650 Volt b. 900 Amps and 750 volt c. 325 volt and 600 Amps.

3. If CHBA becomes defective then loco can be work on BA Voltage up to

;fn CHBA [kjkc gks tk;s rks BA oksYVst ij yksdks dks dk;Z fd;k tk ldrk gSaa. 3 Hours b. 2 Hours c. 4 Hours

4. In Modified WAG5 Loco QD 2 is connected in between(Modified WAG5 Loco esa QD 2 yxh gSa )

a. TM 4&5 b. TM5&6 c. TM 4&6

5. If C-118 stucks up in open condition,LP will get ICDJ through_____(vxj C-118 [kqyh voLFkk esa vVdx;k @tke~ gks x;k rks LP dks ICDJ ____ fjys ek/;e ls gksxkA) a. MTDJ b. Q118 c. Q 45 d. EFDJ

6. BPEMS in loco is provided (yksdks esa BPEMS blfy;s fn;k x;k gS fd)a. To avoid Tripping of DJ (DJ dks fVz̀i gksus ls cpk;k tk lds)b. To shut down the loco & apply brakes in case of emergency ( vkikr dkyhu fLFkfr esa yksdks dks

“kV Mkmu fd;k tk ldss rFkk czsd yxk;k tk ldsA) c. To avoid the over loading on Arno. (vkuksZ dks vksOgj yksfMax ls cpk;k tk ldss)

7. If panto does not touch the contact wire and ZPT on 1 and Loco pilot try to close the DJ then he will get (;fn isUVksa dkWaVsDV okWa;j dks Vp ugha djrk ,oa pkyd Mh-ts- Dykst djus dks iz;Ru djrk gSa rks)

a. No tension on line (uks VsaU’ku vkWau ykbZu)b. Opration “A”c. ICDJ (vkbZ-lh-Mh-ts)

8. HRTPR is provided in some loco for (dqN yksdks esa HRTPR fLop fn;k x;k gS rkfd)a. Changing the switch from one unit to other in DC-DC

convertor (gsM ykbV dks lIykbZ nsus ds fy, fMfl&fMfl duoVZj esa ,d ;qfuV ls nqljh ;qfuV dks cnyk tkldsA)

Page 94: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

b. Changing RTPR to DC-DC convertor or vice-versa for supplying feed to head light (gsM ykbV dks lIykbZ nsus ds fy, RTPR ls fMfl&fMfl duoVZj dks ;k mYV dze esa cnyk tkldsA) c. Clearing block section,when worked with SI based loco in case of eath fault in SI unit (SI ;qfuV esa vFkZ QYV gksus ij Cykd lsDlu fDy;j fd;k tk ldsA)

- 2 -

Group B: Fill up the blanks (fjDr LFkku Hkfj;s) Marks: 7.

1. If Q30 relay becomes defective ______ tripping will be experienced by LP. Q30 fjys [kjko gks tkus ij LP dks ---------------------------------------- fVªfiax feysxkA

2. Mechanical locking in QLM is provided for _______________________________________ (QLMfd mechanical locking dk izko/kku blfy;s fn;k x;k gS fd-------------------------------------------------------------)

3. ----------------fuse will melt then pilot lamp will not glow.

----------------- Q;wt esYV gksus ij ik;yV ySEi ugha tysaxs A

4. ---------------------Relay will energise when over voltage will happen in Traction Motors. --------------------- fjys ,ujtkbt gksxh tc Vz~asD’ku eksVj es vksoj oksYVst gks tkrk gSa A

5. MCPA can be work up to --------------------------------- minutes. MCPA dks --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- feuV rd dk;Z ys ldrs gS A

6. In WAG-5/WAG-7 conventional loco to avoid wheel slipping ______ switch should be operated.(WAG-5 o WAG-7 conventional loco esa wheel slipping, avoid djus ds fy;s ________ switch

operate djuk pkfg;s A)

7. After wedging C107 DJ will close by the manual operation of --------------------------------- C107dks ost djus ds mijkar Mh-ts-dks -------------------- ds esuqoyvkijs’ku }kjk Dykst fd;k tkrk gSaA

Group C: Write the ansers of the following questions. Marks: 15.

fuEufyf[kr iz”uks ds mRrj fyf[k;sa 15 vad

1. What is ICDJ? What are the main probable causes for ICDJ? When Q44 will not energise then whattrouble shooting will you perform? ICDJ D;kgS \

ICDJds lHkh laHkkfor dkj.kksa dks fyf[k;s \ ;fn Q44 fjys ,ujtkbt ugha gksxh rks vki D;k Vz~cy ‘kqfVax djsaxs A

2. What is TLTE? When GR will not progress at all then what trouble shooting will you perform?

Page 95: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

TLTE D;kgSa \ tc th vkj izksxzsl gh ugha gksrk rks vki D;k Vz~cy ‘kqfVax djsaxs \

3. What is the function of C3W Distributor valve? Where it is provided? If it becomes defective than whattrouble shooting will you perform? C3W Distributor valve dk D;k dke gSa A ;g dgkWa yxk gSa \ ;fn ;g [kjkc gks tk;s arks vki D;k Vz~cy ‘kqVhax djsaxs \

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE.USLAPUR. S.E.C.Railway.

Exam: SWR (ACRC) Time: 1.30 hrs. Total Marks: 30.

Group APut tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu”kku yxk;sa) Marks: 7.

1. Normal aspect of MACLS is______.(eYVh vLisDV dyj ykbZV fl’Ve esa --------------ukeZy vLisDV gksrk gSA)a. One yellowb. Most restrictive aspect of that signal post(mlh flxuy iks’V dk lcls izfrcaf/kr vLisDV)b. Any aspect showing in that post(mlh flxuy iks’V dk fn[kkrk gqvk dksbZ Ekh vLisDV)

2. Normal aspect of inner distant signal is (buj fMLVaV flxuy dk ukeZy vklisDV gksrk gS)buj fMLVaV flxuy dk ukeZy vklisDV gksrk gS

a. Caution (lrZd) b. Attention (lko/kku) c. Proceed (vkxs c<ks)

3. Types of shunt signals are (‘kaV flxuy ds izdkj gksrs gSa)

a. 3 types b. 2 types c. 4 types4. Minimum Brake power require to clear the load from the road side station jksM lkbZM LVs’ku ls yksM Dyh;j djrs le; de ls de czsd ikoj gksuk pkfg;s

a. 85% b. 75% c. 70 %

5. While working with T/A 602, the speed of the train shall be a. 15/10 kmph b. 15/8 kmph c. 25/8 kmph.

6. The adequate distance kept beyond the Home signal is known as (gkse flxuy ds vkxs tks laj{kk nwjh j[khtkrh gS mls dgrs gS) a. Block Overlap (Cykd vksoj ysi) b.Signal Overlap (flxuy vksoj ysi) c. Sighting distance (n’̀;rk nwjh)

Page 96: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

7. In case of temporary single line working introduce in double line section than Loco Pilot will get McyykbZu ds lsD’ku esa flaxy ykbZu ofdZax ykxw gksus ij yksdks ik;yV dks vFkkfjfV nh tk;sxh

a. T/D 602 b. T/A 602 c.NoneGroup B

Write the ansers of the following questions. Marks: 9. fuEufyf[kr iz’uks ds mRrj fyf[k;sa

1. How to pass the I.B. signal in “ON” position, when telephone at IB post is out of order?(IB post ds VsfyQksu dk;Zjr uk gksus ij ,oa vkbZ-ch- flxuy vku gks rks mls dSls ikj djasxsas)

2. How will you work the train if Gate signal is found at ‘ON’ position?( xsV flxuy dks vku fLFkfr esa dSls ikj fd;k tkrk gS \)

3. What will be the Engg. Protection when the train is require to stop and restriction is more then a day inplane section and in down grediant? Draw the neat diagrams of the above protection.( LoPN js[kk fp+= [khpdj le>kb;s tc xkMh dks [kMk djuk gks ,oa izfrca?k ,d fnu ls T;knk dk gks rks ysoy lsD”ku,oa Mkmu xzfM,aV okys lsD”ku esa dSls bathfu;fjax izksVsD”ku fd;k tk;sxk \)

- 2 -

GROUP-CMatch the column Marks: 6.Srlno.

SECTION-A Srlno.

SECTION-B ANSWER

1 T/369/3b A fiNys Station ds Last stop sig ls vxys Station dsouter most facing point ;k BSLB Board rd

2 B class ODC B Red and Green

3 Signal over lap C Engine esa rFkk Coaching stock esa 50 mmrd oGoods Stock esa 60 mm rd

4 Allowed wheel skidding D 40 kmph on main line 15 kmph on turn out5 Trap indicator E Stop dead if required6 Bobbing F Authority to pass starter signal at ON

7 Stop Signaldh 90 m igys,d detonator

G Double line section esa Starter signal ds vkxs dhi;kZIr nwjh

8“B” Class D/L (MAST/

MLQ) H

9 Stop Hand Signal I Cautiously 15/8 kmph esa Next Station ds Firststop signalrd tk;saxs

Page 97: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

10 SDIR J ,d ds ckn ,d signal light dk tyuk cq>uk

11speedo meter [kjkc

gS K permissible speed ds 10 % de xfr ls train dk;Zdj ldrs gSA

12IB home “ON”position esa

o Telephone [kjkc gS L Stop signal defective on “OFF” position

-3-Group D

Fill up the blanks (fjDr LFkku Hkfj;s) Marks: 8.

1. The signal which is placed below any stop signal except First stop signal is known as -------------- ,Slk flxuy ftls izFke jksd flxuy ds uhps NksMdj fdlh Hkh jksd flxuy ds uhps yxk;k tk ldrk gSa mls dgrs gS-------

2. When IBH signal becomes defective the advance authority given from rear station is ________. tcIBH flxuy [kjkc gks tkrk gS rc fiNyk LVslu ls vkFkfjVh -------------------- fn;k tkrk gS A

3. While passing through from any level crossing gate if gate man is not found at the Gate Lodge then dutiesof engine crew is ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------fdlh ysoy dzkflax xsV ls Fkzw ikl gksrs le; ;fn xsV esu xsV ykt ij ekStwn u gks rks baftu ds dehZ ny dks djuk pkfg;s---------------------------------------------------------------

4. In double line absolute block section in case of total interruption authority for the second train is-------------------- and the speed of the second train is ----------- and -------- Kmph.nksgjh ykbZu ds ,ClksY;qV Cykd flLVe esa laiw.kZ lapkj O;oLFkk Hkax gksus ij nwljh xkMh dks -------------------------------

vFkkfjfV fn tkrh gSa ,oa xkMh fd xfr ------------- ,oa ----------Kmph gksrh gSa A

5. In case of Train dividing the authority given to the Loco pilot by the Guard is ----------------------- Vz~su fMokbZfMax ds le; xkMZ }kjk yksdks ik;yV dks -------------------------------------------- vFkkfjfV fn tkrh gS A

Page 98: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

6. The speed of search light special/patrol special(with one or two wagons in front of engine) should notexceed _____kmph.( Tkc dHkh Engine ds lkeus ,d ;k nks wagon ds lkFk patrol ;k search light special train pykuk gks mldhspeed limit _____ kmph ls T;knk ugha gksxkA)

7. When driving from trailing cab in case of defective leading cab the speed should not exceed ___kmph &upto ______ the train can be worked.(Electric engine esa leading driving cab defective gks x;k rks Train dh speed maximum ______ kmph ls________________________________ rd train dke dj ldrs gSaA)

8. If an auto stop signal was found at ‘ON’. after exchanging signal with guard, proceed with ____ Kmph(If view ahead is clear)/___ Kmph (If view ahead is not clear) up to foot of next stop signal.(vxj dksbZ vVksLVki flxuy Þvkuß fLFkfr ij jgrk gS rc xkMZ ds lkFk flxuy ,Dlpsat djus ds i”pkr |̀”;rk lkQ jgus ij ___kmph rFkk |̀”;rk lkQ uk jgus ij ___ kmph esa vxyk stop flxuy rd tkuk pkfg,A )

******

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE.USLAPUR. S.E.C.Railway.

Exam: Tech (ELS) Time: 1.00 hrs. Total Marks: 30.

Group A: Put tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu”kku yxk;sa) Marks: 8.

1. If BLRDJ & BP2DJ became defective then DJ can be closed by;fn BLRDJ o BP2DJ [kjkc gks tk;s arks Mh-ts- dks Dykst fd;k tk ldrk gSa

a. By manual operation of Q118 b. Ask relief loco c. By manual operation of Q45

2. While working the train D.J. opens on different notches but while testing there is no tripping then it isknown as - xkMh dke djrs le; ;fn Mh-ts- fofHkUu ukWap ij vksiu gksrkk gSa ,oa VsLVhax ds nkSjku dksbZ fVz~fiax ugha vkrh gSa bls--------------------------------------------------------------------------dgrs gSaA -

a. Operation B b. TWAC c. Operation B

Page 99: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

3. The compressor will not work if fuse ______melts.( vxj ------- fuse esYV gks tkrk gS]rks dkEizs”kj dke ufgadjsxk) a. CCRA b. CCA c. CCLC

4. Controlling relay for LSB is (LSB ySai dk dkUVªksfyax fjys --------------- gksrk gSA )-

a. Q51 b. Q50 c. Q 100

5. When GR cannot be operated by MP,then it can be operated by______ (tc MP }kjk GR dks vkijsV ufga fd;k tk ldrk] mls -------------------------------------- }kjk vkijsV fd;k tkrk gSA

a. EEC b. Manual control of GR c.Ask relief loco

6. If hand brake is used then brake blocks of wheel no.___ & ___ will be applied. tc yksdks dk gSaM czsd yxk;k tkrk gS rc pDdk la[;k -------------------- esa czsd Cykd yxrk gSA

a. 1&3 b. 2& 4 c.1,2,3&4

7. In modified loco, by application position of IAB, _____kg/cm2 air pressure goes to brake cylinder ofloco.(ekfMQkbM yksdks esa IAB vfIydslu iksth”ku ij jgus ls yksdks fd czsd flfyUMj esa _____kg/cm2 izs”kj goktk;sxkA) a. 3.5 b. 2.5 c. 1.8

8. In MU operation while cab changing, MU2B to be kept in ______ position in trailing loco.(MU vkijs”kuesa dSc cnyh djrs le; Vªsfyax yksdks esa MU2B ________ iksft”ku ij j[kk tk;sxkA)

a. LEAD b. TRAIL c. LEAD or TRAIL

Group B: Fill up the blanks (fjDr LFkku Hkfj;s) Marks: 7.

1. The checking sign of DJ locking is _________________________________________________.(DJ ykfdax dk psfdax lkbu------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- gSA)

2. When SA-9 is applied,if brake power found ineffective,____________________brakes are to beapplied to stop the loco.SA-9 vIykb djus ds ckn vxj cszd ikoj detksj feyrk gS ;k ufga yxrk gS]rks xkMh@yksdks dks [kMh djus ds fy;s

yks-ik- ---------------------------------------------- czsd dk iz;ksx djuk pkfg,A

- 2 -3. If LSBCR is glowing then it indicates to the Loco pilot that -------------------------------------------;fn LSBCR tyrk gSa rks ;g pkyd dks lwfpr djrk gSa fd

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4. If -------------------------------------------------------------- fuse will melt then QRS will notenergise.

Page 100: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Q;wt esaYV gksus ij QRS ,ujtkbZt ughagksrh gSa A

5. MCPA may be run maximum ___minutes at a stretch.( ,d lkFk MCPA dks vf/kdre _____ feuV rdpyk;k tk ldrk gSA)

6. BPT is used for ______________________________________________.( BPT ___________________________________ ds fy;s mi;ksx fd;k tkrk gsa )

7. The Checking sign of ICDJ is ___________________________________.( ICDJ dk pSfdax lkbu ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- gSA)

Group C: Write the ansers of the following questions. Marks: 15. fuEufyf[kr iz”uks ds mRrj fyf[k;sa 15 vad

1. What are to be checked in loco before taking out of electric loco shed?bysDVªhd yksdks “ksM ls batu fudkyus ls igys D;k D;k psd fd;k tkuk pkfg, \

2. How to change cab in SU & in MU? Write all the operations in sequence.SU o MUesa dSc pSftax dSls fd;k tkrk gS\lHkh vkijs”ku dks dzekuqlkj crk;saA

3. Write the procedures of following tests to be performed in loco.(fups iqNs x;s Vs”V dks yksdks esa dSls fd;k tkrk gS flyflysokj crk;saA) a.BP leakage test b.VEF test c.Loco brake power test

******

Page 101: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE.USLAPUR. S.E.C.Railway.

Exam: SWR (ELS) Time: 1.00 hrs. Total Marks: 30.

Group A: Put tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu”kku yxk;sa) Marks: 8.

1. Shunting speed of inflammable carrying wagon is _____kmph. Toyuf”ky inkFkZ j[kkgqvk osxu dk “kafVax vf/kdre ----------------fd-fe-iz-?k rd gksuk pkfg;sA

a. 10 b. 08 c. 15

2. SLB board is provided in ________ (SLB cksMZ dks --------------------------esa fn;k tkrk gS A)a. Single Line section b. Double line section c. Multiple line section

3. Whenever any engine with or without vehicle is to be attached on to a train carrying passengers,theengine must first come to halt at least ________ away from the train & then shall come on to the train withgreat caution.(tc dHkh dksbZ batu] oSfdy ds lkFk ;k vykok dksfpax Vªsu esa tksMk tkrk gS] de ls de ---------------------- nqjh ij [kMh djdsfQj lrdZrk ds lkFk vkxs c<kuk pkfg;sA) a. 20 feet b. 20 meters c. 15 meters

4. Speed of train/engine over loop of 1 in 8 ½ turn out is ____.(1 in 8 ½ turn out fd yqi ykbu ij Vªsu@batu

dk vf/kdre xfr ------------------------- gksrk gSA)

a. 30 kmph b. 15 kmph c. 10 kmph

5. Double distant signalling section in Double line section station limit will be (Mcy fMLVaV okys flaxufyaxlsD”ku esa Mcy ykbZu ds lsD”ku esa LVs”ku fyfeV gksrh gSa -------------------------------A)a. From outer most distant signal to last stop signals. Lkcls ckgjh fMLVaV flxuy ls ykLV LVki flxuy rd A

b. From inner distant signal to last stop signal in both the lines. buj fMLVV flxuy ls vafre jksd flxuy rd nksuks ykbZuks esa A

c. From home signal to Advance starter (gkse flxuy ls ,Moakl LVkZVj rd)

6. When UP train is required to back on the down line then authority issued istc vi Vz~su dks Mkmu ykbZu ij cSd djuk gks rks vFkkfjfV feysaxh

a. T/806 with P.V.N0. of Block Back /Block Forward if required T/806 ij Cykd cSd ;k Cykd QkjoM ds izkbZosV ua- ds lkFk ;fn vko”;d gks rks b. T/ 509

c. T/A 602 with Pvt. No. (T/A 602 izkbZosV ua- ds lkFk)

7. The speed restriction which is imposed for the short time is known asLihM fjLVz~hd”ku tks FkksMs le; ds fy;as ykxw fd;k tkrk gS mls dgrs gSa

a. Parmanent Engg. Speed Restriction. (ijeusaUV bthfu;fjax LihM fjLVz~hd’ku)b. Semipermanent Engg. Speed Restriction (lseh ijeusaUV bthfu;fjax LihM fjLVz~hd’ku)c. Temporary Engg. Speed Restriction. (VsEijjh bthfu;fjax LihM fjLVz~hd’ku)

Page 102: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

8. Sand hump is an effective substitute of _________________ .( lSaM gEi ------------------------ dk izHkkoh substitutegksrk gSA) a. block over lap b. Signal overlap c. catch siding

Group B: Fill up the blanks (fjDr LFkku Hkfj;s) Marks: 8.

1. The whistle code for an engine to leave loco yard or to enter into loco yard is _______. tc bUtu dks yksdks ;kMZ esa ys tkuk ;k ogka ls fudkyuk gksrk gS --------------------------- fOg”ky ctkuk pkfg,A

2. The maximum speed limit of an engine/train during shunting is ____kmph.“kafVax ds nkSjku batu ;k Vªsu dh vf/kdre xrh ------------fd-fe-iza ?k gksuk pkfg,A

3. This is is a portion of Station limit, which comes under direct control of station master where freelyshunting is permitted.This is situated between two block sections.This is known as________________.(;g Station Limit dk og Hkkx gS tks Station master ds lh/ks Control esa vkrk gS rFkk;gka Freely shunting djk ldrk gSA;g nks Block Section ds chp esa gksrk gSA bls ----------------------- dgrs gSaA)

4. During shunting ,the position of head light is_______(bright/deam) & the position of marker light inleading cab is_________ & in trailing is __________. [“kafVax ds nkSjku gsM ykbV fd fLFkfr -----------------(bright/deam) rFkk ekdZj ykbV fd fLFkfr fyfMax dsc esa ------------------ o Vªsfyax dsc es ------------------ jguk pkfg,Aa]

5. If the shunting person shows the green light in above position it indicates to LP________________________________________.

( vxj “kafVax djkus okyk O;fDr] gjk ykbV ds lkFk fp= esa fn[kk;k x;k ladsr nsrk gS rks yks- ik- dks------------------------------------------------------------------- ds fy, funsZ”k nsrk gSA)

6. The signal which is placed below any stop signal except First stop signal is known as --------------- ,Slk flxuy ftls izFke jksd flxuy ds uhps NksMdj fdlh Hkh jksd flxuy ds uhps yxk;k tk ldrk gSa mls dgrs gS

-------

7. In “B” Class D/L MAST “Block Section” starts from _____________of station in rear and ends at_____________or_____________of station in advance.( “B” ClassMcy ykbu MAST esa“Block Section”, fiNyk station dk -------------------------- ls vxyk station dk-----------------------rd gksrk gSA )

8. Trap indicator has two aspects,i:e ________ & ________.Vªsi bfUMdsVj dk nks vlisDV gksrk gS ;Fkk --------------- o -------------------

Group C: Write the answers of the following questions. Marks: 14.

fuEufyf[kr iz”uks ds mRrj fyf[k;sa

Page 103: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

1. What are the duties of loco shunter while working in loco shed/pit? (5)“ksM@fiV esa yksdks “kaVj fd D;k D;k duties gksrk gSA

2. What are the precautions to be taken during shunting? (4)“kafVax djrs le; D;k D;k lko/kkfu;ka cjruk pkfg,\

3. How to make a loco dead & what precautions are to be taken while attaching the dead (5) loco to a live loco?

Yksdks dks dSls MsM fd;k tkrk gS rFkk nqljs vPNs yksdks ds lkFk tksMrs le; fdu fdu fo’k;ksa ij /;ku nsuk pkfg,\

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE, USLAPUR.

Exam: 3 Phase Loco. Time: 1.00 hrs. Total Marks: 30.

Group A: Put tick mark on correct answer ( lgh mRrj ij fu’kku yxkbZ;s ) Marks: 10.1. To isolate panto No. 1 Keep panto selector switch in …………………. Position.(isUVks u0 1 dks vkblksysVdjus ds fy, isUVks flyDVj fLop dks _____ ij j[ksa A ) a. Auto b. I c. II d. I & II

2. Secondary suspension vertical damper is provided ( lsds.Mjh lLisa’ku ofVZdy MaEij yxk gksrk gSa) a. Axle journal and bogie frame ( ,Dly tujy ,oa cksxh Qzse ds e/; ) b. Bogie frame and Loco body under frame (cksxh Qzse ,oa yksdks ckMh dk vMj Qzzse) c.None of the above (mijksDr es ls dksbZ ugha)

3. Parking brake facility is available to …………………… wheels in WAG-9 loco. ( WAG-9 loco esa____ pDds ij ikfdZax czsd miyC/k gSA ) a. 1, 4, 5 & 8 b. 2, 6, 7 & 11 c. 2 & 11 d. 1, 6, 7 & 12

4. Loco grounding key is (yksdks xzkmfUMax okch gksrh gS ----------------------a)a. Solonoid 30 b. IG-38 c. IG-68 d. E-70

5. Position of mode switch when loco is used as BANKER with knorr’s brake system (ukjl czsd fl”Ve ;qDr yksdks tc cSadj ds #i esa mi;ksx fd;k tkrk gS eksM fLop dks -------------iksft’ku Ij j[kk tkrk gS) a. HLPR b. LEAD c. TRAIL d.TEST

6. Constant Speed Control (CSC) can be activated at any speed abovedkUlVsUV LihM daVz~ksy dk;Z djrk gS tc yksdks fd xfr ------------------ ls vf/kd gksrh gSA

a. 5 Kmph b. 8 Kmph c. 3 Kmph

7. Normal position of Switch 152 is (fLop u0 152 dh ukeZy iksft’ku gksrh gS ------------------------)a. 0 b. 1 c. NORM d. 0+1

Page 104: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

8. How many oil checking points including gear case are provided in WAG-9loco? (WAG9 yksdks esa ----------- vk;y psfdax ikabV gksrh gS Aa )

a. 12 b. 13 c. 10 d. 6

9. If Display screen shows the message as “Angle transmitter defective” then switch no. _____ is to beoperated. (;fn fMlIys fLdzzu ij *,axy VªkUlfeVj fMQsfDVo* fd eslt fn[kkrk gS] fLop u0 --------------- dksvkijsV djuk pkfg,)

a. 154 b.152 c.160 d. 237.110. Location of emergency stop push button is on ___________?( bejtsUlh LVki iq’k ckVu ------------ ij nhx;h gSA )

a. Panel C b. Panel A c.Panel D d. Panel BGroup B: Write short notes on ( bu ij ‘kVZ uksV fy[ksa) Marks: 5.a) Cooling mode operation(dqfyax eksM vkijs’ku) b) ZBAN

Group C: Answer the following questions (fuEufyf[kr iz’uks ds mRrj fyf[k;s) Marks: 15.1. How to apply and release the parking brakes?IkfdZax czsd dks dSls yxk;k ,oa fjfyt fd;k tkrk gSa \

2. How to operate display screen for Simulation mode? Explain with diagram. (fMlIys fLdzu ij fleqys’ku eksM ykus ds fy, dSls vkijsV fd;k tkrk gS\ lfp= o.kZu djsaA)3. What is DEAD MAN’s mode? What indications will appear to loco pilot ? How to reset it?(MsM esUl eksM D;k gksrk gSSa\ yksdks ik;yV dks D;k lqpuk;sa feysaxsa\ bls fjlsV dSls fd;k tkrkgS\)

*******

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE,USLAPUR.Exam: SWR (CRC) Time: 1.30 hrs Total marks: 30.Group A: Write the ansers of the following questions (fuEufyf[kr iz”ukas ds mRrj fyf[k;sa)Marks: 101. In how many situations authority T/369 (3b) will be given to the loco pilot? (3) T/369 (3b) vWFkkfjVh fdu fdu ifjfLFkfr;ksa esa nh tkrh gS\2. How would you work a train under the following situations? (4)

fuEufyf[kr ifjfLFkfr;ksa esa xkMh;ksa ds ifjpkyu dSls gksxk\ a) If during run head light became defective.(xkMh pykrs le; gsM ykbV gks tkus ij) b) If leading cab horn became defective.(fyfMax dSc dh gkuZ [kjkc gks tkus ij)

3. Write the procedures to work a train when TSL working is introduced on double line (3) section.(Mcy ykbu lsDlu ij TSL working ykxq djus ls xkMh;ksa ds ifjpkyu dSls gksxk\)Group B: Fill up the blanks (fjDr LFkku Hkfj;s) Marks: 101. SDIR means ………………………………………………………………………………… SDIR dk foLrkfjr :i

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2. Whistle code to call the guard to engine is ……………………………………………………batu esa xkMZ dks cqykus gsrq ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------flVh dksM fn;k tkrk gSA

3. Speed restriction of ‘C’ class ODC is ………………………………………………….

‘C’ class ODC dk xrh izfrca/k ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- gksrk gSA

Page 105: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

4. Minimum distance between Home signal & Distant signal shall be ……………meters.

gkse flaXuy ,oa fMLVsaV flaXuy dh de ls de nwjh ------------------------------------------------------------------- ehVj gSA+++

5. When calling ‘ON’ signal is taken off LP should pass the signal with his train following speed

restriction of _________________________________________________________

dfyax vku flxuy vkQ fLFkfr esa jgus ij yksdks ik;yV ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------xrh

izfrca/k eku dj mlh flxuy iks’V dks ikj djuk opkfg,A

6. Visibility distance of any aspect of a signal post in MACLS system is ………………………

MACLS system esa fdlh flxuy iks’V dk vlisDV |̀”;rk fd nqjh gksrk gS

-----------------------------------------------------------------

7. If engine explodes a detonator, then upto ____ km to be observed for any other signal and then can resume normal speed.

tc Engine ,d detonator QksM+rk gS o ____ kmrd dksbZ vU; signal fn[kkbZ ugha fn;k rksnormal speed esa tk,xkA

8. If speedometer became defective then train can be worked with a speed less than _____ ofpermissible speed. Speedometer [kjkc gks tkus ij permissible speed dk ___ de djdss Train dk ifjpkyu fd;k tk;sxkA9. Limit of Speed Over loop with 1 in 8 1/2 or 1 in 12 Turn out with curved switch is____ kmph.

dHkZ fLop lfgr1 in 8 1/2 or 1 in 12 fd VuZ vkmV esa yqi ykbZu dh xrh flek___kmph gksrk gSA

10. Trap indicator is having two aspects ------------------------- and ----------------------------Vz~si bafMdsVj ds nks vkLisDV gksrs gS -------------------------- ,oa -------------------------------

- 2 -

Group C: Put tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu”kku yxk;sa) Marks: 10

1. While working with T/A 602, the speed of the train shall be a. 15/10 kmph b. 15/8 kmph c. 25/8 kmph.

2. Double distant signalling section in Double line section station limit will be (Mcy fMLVaV okysflaxufyax lsD’ku esa Mcy ykbZu ds lsD’ku esa LVs’ku fyfeV gksrh gSa a. From outer most distant signal to last stop signals.

Lkcls ckgjh fMLVaV flxuy ls ykLV LVki flxuy rd A b. From inner distant signal to last stop signal in both the lines.

buj fMLVV flxuy ls vafre jksd flxuy rd nksuks ykbZuks esa A

Page 106: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

c. From home signal to Advance starter (gkse flxuy ls ,Moakl LVkZVj rd)

3. In case of Train dividing the authority given to the Loco pilot by the Guard is --------------- Vz~su fMokbZfMax ds le; xkMZ }kjk yksdks ik;yV dks ------------------------------------ vFkkfjfV fn tkrh gS A

a. T/D/602 b. T/806 c.T/609

4. Minimum Brake power require to clear the load from the road side station jksM lkbZM LVs’ku ls yksM Dyh;j djrs le; de ls de czsd ikoj gksuk pkfg;s

a. 75% b. 85% c. 70 %

5. In case of rail fracture is less serious in the nature then after proper repairing the speed of thetrain will be (;fn jsy QzsDpj de flfj;l gks rks lgha fjis;j djus ds ckn xkMh fd xfr gksxh)

a. 20 Kmph b. 15 Kmph c. 30 Kmph

6. Whistle code for signal not exchanged by the station staff. LVs”ku LVkQ ;fn flxuy ,Dlpsat ugh djrk rks Oghlhy dksM gksxkA

a. 0 b. 000 c. 00

7. In which situation one detonator is used(fn;s x;s dkSulh fLFkfr ij ,d fMVksusVj use fd;k tkrk gS) a. During foggy weather (dksgjs fd ekSle esa) b. In case approaching signal becomes defective in OFF position (vizksfpax flxuy vQ fLFkfr esa [kjkc gks tkusij) c. In case starter signal becomes defective. (LVkVj flxuy [kjkc gks tkusij)

8. When Distant signal of an Intermediate Block Post is defective and can not be kept in the“ON” position then (tc vkbZ-ch- dk fMLVaV flxuy [kjkc gks tkrk gSa rc) a. IB will treated as working (vkbZ-ch-flxuy dks dk;Zjr ekusxs) b. IB will treated as defective (vkbZ-ch-flxuy dks [kjkc ekusax) c. None (dksbZ ugha)9. Normal aspect of inner distant signal is (buj fMLVaV flxuy dk ukeZy vklisDV gksrk gS)

buj fMLVaV flxuy dk ukeZy vklisDV gksrk gSa. Caution (lrZd) b. Attention (lko/kku) c. Proceed (vkxs c<ks)

10. Normally not more than ------No. of persons other than the Engine Crew shall be permitted to travel in the cab (lkekU; voLFkk esa bathu dsc esa batu dehZ ny ds vykok ---------- O;fDr ;k=k dj ldrs gSa ) a. 3 Persons b. 4 Persons c. 2 persons

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE.BILASPUR. S.E.C.Railway.

SET-I

Exam: Tech (RRB) Time: 2.00 hrs. Total Marks: 40.Group A: Put tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu”kku yxk;sa) Marks: 8.

1. In Modified WAG7 Loco QD 2 is connected in betweenModified WAG5 Loco esa QD 2 yxh gSa

Page 107: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

a. TM 5&6 a. TM4&5 c. TM 4&6

2. If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ [kjkc gks tk;s arks Mh-ts- dks Dykst fd;k tk ldrk gSa

a. BP2DJ b. Q44 c. Q118.

3. QCVAR (AC) deenergising value is (QCVAR A.C. fM,ujtkbZt gksrh gSa ) a. 157 Volt b. 75 Volt c. 215 Volt .

4. DC to DC Converter gives supply to the Head light -Mh-lh- Vw Mh-lh- duoVZj ds }kjk gsM ykbZV lfdZV dks lIykbZ nh tkrh gSa -

a. 32 volt b. 16 Volt c. 24 V

5. RGEB2 is provided for - (RGEB2 yxk;k x;k gS) a. Air stock train b. Vac stock train c. Air stock or Vaccum stock train

6. Auto drain valve will operate by the pressure of (vkVks Mz~su okYo vkijsV gksrk gSa ] ds izs’kj }kjk )a. MR1 b. MR 3 c. MR 4

7. If CCBA melts on run Loco pilot will get ;fn CCBA Q;wt esYV gks tk;sxk rks Mh ts Dykst djrs le; yksdks ik;yV dks feysxk

a TWAC b. ICDJ c. No indication

8. If panto does not touch the contact wire and ZPT on “ 1”and Loco pilot try to close the DJ then he willget (;fn isUVksa dkWaVsDV okWa;j dks Vp ugha djrk ,oa pkyd Mh-ts- Dykst djus dks iz;Ru djrk gSa rks)

a. ICDJ. b. No tension on line c. Operation “A”

Group B: Write the answers of the following (fuEufyf[kr iz’uks ds mRrj fyf[k;sa) Marks: 12.

1. What are the duties of Asistant loco Pilot while taking over charge a loco in pooling point ? iqfyax ikgaV ls yksdks pktZ ysrs le; l-yks-ik- fd D;k D;k duties gksrk gSA

2. What is ICDJ? What are the main probable causes for ICDJ? When Q118 relay will not energise thenwhat trouble shooting will you perform? ICDJ D;k gS \ ICDJ ds lHkh izeq[k laHkkfor dkj.kksa dks fyf[k;sa \ tc Q118 fjys ,ujtkbZt ugha gksxh rks vki D;kVz~cy ‘kqfVax djsaxs \

3. What is TLTE? What trouble shooting will you perform when GR not progressing at all? Vh ,yVh bZ D;k gS? Tkc th-vkj- izksxzsl ugha gksark rc vki D;k Vz~cy ‘kqfVax djsaxs\

- 2 -

Page 108: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

Group C: Write short of the following (fuEufyf[kr ij laf{kIr fVIi.kh fyf[k;s ) Marks: 12.

a. Manual control of GR. b. HSIV c. Draw block diagram of power circuit d. BPCS

Group D: Fill up the blanks (fjDr LFkku Hkfj;s) Marks: 8.

1. CGR2 is kept at --------------------- & near------------------- .

CGR2 dks ------------------ esa o----------------- ds ikl j[kk x;k gSa A

2. During R.B. position of Electrical V.E.F. Is ------------------------------------------------

vkj-ch- ds le; bysDVz~hdy Ogh-bZ-,Q- dk iksth’ku ------------------------------------------------ gksrk gSa A

3. When ________ pressure drops,loco brake applies through _________ valve.

tc --------------- izs”kj Mzki gksrk gS rks ------------------------------okYp }kjk yksdks esa czsd yx tkrk gSa A

4. LSCHBA glows, on run without tripping in a WAG 5 loco, it is ----------------------type of failure.

WAG5 yksdks esa fcuk fVªi gq, LSCHBA dk ty tkuk ----------------------------------------- izdkj dk QsY;qvj gSa A

5. If QVSI1 becomes defective then DJ will open in Operation -------------------------------------

;fn QVSI 1 [kjkc gks tkrk gS rks Mh-ts- vksiu gksxkk -------------------------------------------- vkijs’ku esa

6. Location of C118 & R118 is at/near ------------------------------------------

C118 o R118 dks --------------------------------------------------------esa@ds ikl j[k x;k gS A

7. If SMGR pressure is very less then loco pilot will get the trouble of ……………………….

;fn SMGR dk izs’kj cgqr de gks tk;s rks yksdks ik;yzV dks nks”k feysxk ----------------------------------

8. L clamp with two fixation bolts holds ___________ in loco.

nks fQDlslu oksYV ds lkFk ,y DysEi yksdks esa ------------------------------------------ dks idM dj j[krk gSA a

Page 109: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE.BILASPUR. S.E.C.Railway.

SET-IIExam: Tech (RRB) Time: 2.00 hrs. Total Marks: 40.Group A: Put tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu’kku yxk;sa) Marks: 8.1. If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ [kjkc gks tk;s arks Mh-ts- dks Dykst fd;k tk ldrk gSa(a)Q118. (b). Q44 (c) BP2DJ

2. Probable defects of Operation 1 are (Operation 1 ds lHkh laHkkfor dkj.k gSa)(a) MVSL1, MVSL2, MPH, QPH, (b) C105, C106, C107 NOI on Q118 branch. (c) MVSI1, QVSI1, MVSI2, QVSI2, ASMGR interlock on Q44 branch.

3. When smoke emission will come from SL1 then Loco pilot will get _ tc SL1 ls /kqvka fudsysxk rks pkyd dks feysxk

a. GR progressing but Ammeters are not deviating (GR izksxzsl gksxk ysfdu vehVj Msfo,V ugha gksxk ) b. QOP1

will drop (QOP 1 Mz~ki gksxk) c. QOA will drop (QOA Mz~ki gksxk)

4. When Q100 relay wedged in energized condition while working the train when ever DJ will open then(Q100 fjyas dks ,ujtkbZt voLFkk esa ost djus ds ckn xkMh dk;Z djrs le; tc Hkh Mh-ts- vksiu gksrk gS rks) (a) Close DJ by BP2DJ (BP2DJ ds}kjk Mh-ts- Dykst djsaxs) (b) Open all BL switches and put MPJ on 0 and after closing DJ put one by one in service (lHkh ch-,y-Lohpasl dks [kksydj ,e-ih-ts- dks 0 ij j[ksaxs ,oa Mh-ts- Dykst djus ds ckn ckjh ckjh ls lHkh dks Dykst djsaxs)

(c) Close BLDJ and press BLRDJ (BLDJ dks Dykst djsaxs,oa BLRDJ izsl djsxs)

5. While making the WAG 5 Loco dead, J1 and J2 are kept on the neutral position because _ tc WAG5 yksdks dks MsM fd;k tkrk gSa rks J1 rFkk J2 dks U;wVz~y iksth’ku eas j[kk tkrk gSa D;ksafd –

a. To avoid sleep pinion in the Traction Motor (Vz~sD’ku eksVj dks Lyhi fifu;u gksus ls cpkus ds fy;s)b. To avoid the wheel sleeping in the loco. (Ykksdks dks Oghy Lyhi gksus ls cpkus ds fy;s ( Ykksdks dks Oghy Lyhi gksusls cpkus ds fy;s )c. When the dead loco will attach with any train then while on run Armature coil of Traction Motor willrotate and if J1 and J2 will not keep on the neutral position then generated current will flow in the circuit andcircuit will damage. (tc MsM yksdks dks xkMh esa tksMdj pyk;k tk;sxk rks Vz~sD’ku eksVj fd vkesZpj dk;y ds /kqeus dsdkj.k lfdZV esa mRiUu djaV ds izokfgr gksus dh laHkkouk jgrh gSa ,oa blls lfdZV ds uqdlku fd laHkkouk jgrh gSa)

6. While working the train D.J. will open on different notches but while testing there is no tripping during firststage of testing then it is known as -

Page 110: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

xkMh dke djrs le; ;fn Mh-ts- fofHkUu ukWap ij vksiu gksrkk gSa ,oa VsLVhax ds nkSjku QLV LVst esa dksbZ fVz~fiax ugha vkrh gSabls -

(a) Operation B (b) Operation O (c) TWAC

7. Reverse High Voltage in RSI Block will cause (RSI CykWad esa fjoZl gkbZ okasYVst gksus ij gksxk)a. QRSI will drop (QRSI Mz~kWai gksxk)

b. LSRSI will glow (LSRSI dh cRrh tyus yxsxh) c. DJ will trip in operation “1” (Mh-ts- vkijs’ku 1 esa [kqy tk;sxk)

- 2 -8. While grounding the loco when HOM handle keep from the Normal position to Earth position actiontake place in the loco are – tc yksdks dks xzkmaM fd;k tkrk gS ,oa HOM gS.My dks ukeZy iksth’ku ls vFkZ iksth’ku easa j[kk tkrk rks yksdks esa dk;Zokgh gksrhgSa _a. Air pressure supply towards the panto servo motor will stop (isUVks loksZ eksVj esa gok dk izs’kj tkuk can gks tkrkgS)b. Pressure all ready enter in the panto pipe line will exhaust through the vent hole of BV Box(isUVks ikbZi ykbZu esa igys ls x;k gqvk gOkk dks izs’kj B V Box ds osUV gksy ls fudy tk;sxk )c. Main transformer and roof equipments will ground and fichet keys become free (esu Vz~kalQkjej rFkk :Q esayxs midj.k xzkm.M gks tk;sxs ,oa fQpsV pkch fudkyh tk ldsGroup B: Write the answers of the following (fuEufyf[kr iz’uks ds mRrj fyf[k;sa) Marks: 12. 1. What are the duties of Asistant loco Pilot while taking over charge a loco in pooling point ?

iqfyax ikgaV ls yksdks pktZ ysrs le; l-yks-ik- fd D;k D;k duties gksrk gSA2. What is ICDJ? What are the main probable causes for ICDJ? When Q118 relay will not energies thenwhat trouble shooting will you perform? ICDJ D;k gS \ ICDJ ds lHkh izeq[k laHkkfor dkj.kksa dks fyf[k;sa \ tc Q118 fjys ,ujtkbZt ugha gksxh rks vki D;kVz~cy ‘kqfVax djsaxs \3. What is TLTE? What trouble shooting will you perform in a microprocessor based loco ? Vh ,y Vh bZ D;kgS? Ekk;Djks izks”ks’kj os’k yksdks esa vki D;k Vz~cy ‘kqfVax djsaxs\

Group C: Write short of the following (fuEufyf[kr ij laf{kIr fVIi.kh fyf[k; ) Marks: 12.

a. QOP. b. Air flow indicator c. Draw progression coil branch of GR prog./reg. circuitd. RGCPGroup D: Fill up the blanks (fjDr LFkku Hkfj;s) Marks: 8.1. During RB more than 1 Kg/cm2 pressure goes to B/cylinder, RB will cut off through --------------

vkj-ch ds le; ;fn 1Kg/cm2 ls vf/kd izs”kj yksdks czsd esa tkrk gSa rks --------------- -}kjk vkj-ch- dV vkWaQ gksrk gS]

2. If Q30 interlock beomes defective on Q44 branch then DJ will open in OP ---------------------------

;fn Q30 dk baVjykWad D;w 44 ds ckzap ij [kjkc gks tkrk gS rks Mh-ts- vksiu gksxk

---------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. BLRDJ and BP2DJ both are becomes defective then DJ can be close by ------------------------ BLRDJ ,oa BP2DJ nksuks [kjkc gks tkrs gSa rks Mh ts dks ----------------------------------------- ds }kjk Dykst fd;k tkrk gSa

Page 111: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

4. If H4 is glowing in static converter loco it means

----------------------------------------------------------

LVsfVd duoVZj ykskdks esa ;fn H4 tyrk gSa rks ;g lwfpr djrk gSa ------------------------------------------------------

5. If LSB is glowing then it indicates to the Loco pilot that ----------relay(for reversor/CTFs) is notenergized.;fn LSB tyrk gSa rks ;g pkyd dks lwfpr djrk gSa fd --------------------fjys¼CTF o Reversor ds fy,½ ,ujtkgt ugha

gqvkaA

6. If -------------------------------------------------------------- fuse will melt then QRS will notenergise.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Q;wt esaYV gksus ij QRS ,ujtkbZt ugha gksrh gSa A

7. Location of Nose suspention pad is at------------------------------------------------------------------------

Nose suspention pad fd yksds”ku gksrh gSa-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

8. U clamp with _____ fixation bolts holds _______of loco.

yksdks esa -------- fQDlslu oksYV ds lkFk ;q DysEi] ---------------------- dks idM dj j[krk gSA a

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE.BILASPUR. S.E.C.Railway.

SET-IIIExam: Tech (RRB) Time: 2.00 hrs. Total Marks: 40.Group A: Put tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu’kku yxk;sa) Marks: 8.

1. If CHBA becomes defective then loco can be worked on BA Voltage up to

;fn CHBA [kjkc gks tk;s rks BA oksYVst ij yksdks dks dk;Z fd;k tk ldrk gSa(a) 4 Hours (b)2 Hours (c) 3 Hours

2. In STC based Loco contactor for MVRF is (STC oslM yksdks esa MVRF dk dUVsDVj gksrk gS) (a) C107 (b) C108 (c) provided with No contactor

3. C118 N.C.I. provided on Q100 branch is having with the time lag of 5 secods due to Q100 fjys ds czkap ij C118 N.C.I yxk;k x;k gS ftldk VkbZe ysx 5 lsds.M gSa bls yxk;k x;k gS

a. To avoid over loading on Arno. (vkuksZ dks vksOgj yksfMax ls cpkus ds fy;s)b. To avoid Tripping of DJ (DJ dks fVz̀i gksus ls cpkus ds fy;s)c. Provide for Operation O (;g vkijs’ku 0s gsrq yx;k x;k gS)

4. When MPS kept on 1st position than (MPS dks 1 ij j[kus ls )

Page 112: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

(a) S11, S21, S31, S41, S51, S61 will close (Dykst gksxs) (b) S12, S22, S32, S42, S52, S62 will close (Dykst gksxs) –(c) S13, S23, S33, S43, S53, S63 will close (Dykst gksxs)

5. After closing BLVMT if CCA will melt in S.U. thanBLVMT Dykst djus ds ckn;fn CCA Q;wt esYV gksrk gSa(a) Perform the trouble shooting of Operation B (vkijs’ku ch fd Vz~cy ‘kqfVax djsaxs)(b) Renew CCA and wedge Q100 in deenergise condition and wedge Max. No. of Contractors. CCA u;k yxk;sxs ,oa Q100 dks fM,ujtkbZt voLFkk esa ost djsxs ,oa vf/ksdre uEcj dkWaVz~sDVj dks ost djsaxs(c) Tripping in Operation 0 (vkijs’ku 0 fd fVz~fiax feysxh)

6. If GR stucks up on full notch and MP on 0 then DJ will open through _____ ;fn th-vkj- Qqy ukp esa Ql tk;s ,oa ,e-ih- 0 ij gks rks Mh-ts- vksiu gksxk ----------- ds }kjk

(a) Q46 (b) Q44 (c) Q45

7. Reverse High Voltage in RSI Block will cause (RSI CykWad esa fjoZl gkbZ okasYVst gksus ij gksxk)a. QRSI will drop (QRSI Mz~kWai gksxk)

b. LSRSI will glow (LSRSI dh cRrh tyus yxsxh) c. DJ will trip in operation “1” (Mh-ts- vkijs’ku 1 esa [kqy tk;sxk)8. If C118 stucks up in open position, while closing DJ, Loco pilot will get (C118 ;fn vksiu voLFkk esa Qal dj jg tk;s arks yksdks ik;yV dks feysxk )

(a) ICDJ (b) No indication (c) Operation A

Group B: Write the answers of the following (fuEufyf[kr iz”uks ds mRrj fyf[k;sa) Marks: 12.

1. How parking brake is applied & released in a WAG-9 loco ?WAG-9 yksdks esa ikfdZzx ozsd dSls vIykb o fjfyt gksrk gS \

- 2 -

2. What is ICDJ? What are the main probable causes for ICDJ? When Q118 relay will not energies thenwhat trouble shooting will you perform?

ICDJ D;k gS \ ICDJ ds lHkh izeq[k laHkkfor dkj.kksa dks fyf[k;sa \ tc Q118 fjys ,ujtkbZt ugha gksxh rks vki D;kVz~cy ‘kqfVax djsaxs \

3. What is TLTE? What trouble shooting will you perform when GR not progressing at all? Vh ,yVh bZ D;k gS? Tkc th-vkj- izksxzsl ugha gksark rc vki D;k Vz~cy ‘kqfVax djsaxs\

Group C: Write short of the following (fuEufyf[kr ij laf{kIr fVIi.kh fyf[k;s ) Marks: 12.

a. C3W DV. b. BPEMS c. Draw Q44 branch of DJ control circuit d. WAG 5 bogie

Page 113: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

Group D: Fill up the blanks (fjDr LFkku Hkfj;s) Marks: 8.

1. If main unit will not work in Micro processor Loco then Dr. will check the fuses --------------------

;fn ekbdzks izkslslj yksdks esa esu ;wfuV dke djuk can dj ns rks pkyd dks Q;wtsl psd djuk pkfg, ---------------------

2. While checking BP leakage test on train, after closing L/T COC, BP should not drop more than -----------------------Kg/cm2 in 1 Min. Train esa BP fydst tkWap djrs le;] tc L/T dV vkmV dkWd dks can fd;k tkrk gSa rks 1 feuV esa chih izs”kj--------------------------------- Kg/cm2 ls T;knk Mªki ufga gksuk pkfg, A

3. BLRDJ and BP2DJ both are becomes defective then DJ can be close by ------------------------

BLRDJ ,oa BP2DJ nksuks [kjkc gks tkrs gSa rks Mh ts dks ----------------------------------------- ds }kjk Dykst fd;k tkrk gSa

4. If H3 is glowing in static Converter Loco then it indicates -------------------------------------LVsfVd duoVZj yksdks esa H3 dk tyuk ------------------------------------------------------ lwpd gSa A

5. C107 closes but MVRH is not working then DJ will open in OP ----------- C107 Dykst gksrk gS fdUrq MVRH dk;Z ugha djrk rks Mh-ts- vksiu gksxk vkijs’ku ------------

6. ---------------------Relay will energise when over voltage will happen in Traction Motors. --------------------- fjys ,ujtkbt gksxh tc Vz~asD’ku eksVj es vksoj oksYVst gks tkrk gSa A

7. MCPA can be work up to --------------------------------- minutes. MCPA dks --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- feuV rd dk;Z ys ldrs gS A

8. After wedging C107 DJ will close by manual operation of --------------------------------- C107dks ost djus ds mijkar Mh-ts-dks -------------------- ds esuqoy vkijs’ku }kjk Dykst fd;k tkrk gSaA

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE.BILASPUR. S.E.C.Railway.

SET-IVExam: Tech (RRB) Time: 2.00 hrs. Total Marks: 40.Group A: Put tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu’kku yxk;sa) Marks: 8.1. Before proceeding for trouble shooting in trailing loco of M.U. Loco pilot should – eYVhiy yksdks ds Vz~sfyx yksdks esa Vz~cy “kqfVax gsrq tkrs le; yksdks ik;yV dks fyfMax esa psd djuk pkfg;sa

(a) Check CCBA in leading loco (fyfMax yksdks esa CCBA dks psd djsaxs)

Page 114: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

(b) Operate BP2DJ (BP2DJ dks vkijsV djsxs)(c) Operate BLSN and check the fiting M.U. jumper connections. BLSN dks vkijsV djsxs,oa MU tEij dks psd djsxs2. QPDJ is provided to protect the loco from (QPDJ dks yksdks esa ----- dslqj{kk gsrq yxk;k x;k gSa)

(a) DJ Locking (b) ICDJ (c) OP “B”3. Duplex valve will get the air pressure from the (MqiysDl okYo dks ,vj izs’kj feyrk gSa)

(a) MR1 (b) MR2 (c) MR3 4. When Q100 is wedged in the energized condition then while working the train Loco Pilot should takeprecaution as ____ tc Q100 fjys dks ,ujtkbZt voLFkk esa ost fd;k tkrk gSa rc xkMh dk;Z djrs le; yksdks ik;yVdks djuk pkfg;s(a) Open DJ by BP1DJ (DJ dks BP1DJ ls vksiu djsaxs)(b) While opening DJ open all BL switches and after closing DJ close one by one BL switches. DJ dks vksiu djrs le; lHkh BL Lohpsl dks vksiu djsxs rFkk DJ dks Dykst djus ds ckn ,d ,d djds BLLohpsl dksDykst djsaxs A(c) Watch on B.P. gauge neddle. (B.P. xst fufMy dks okp djsaxs)

5. While working the train D.J. opens on different notches but while testing there is no tripping ,then it isknown as - xkMh dke djrs le; ;fn Mh-ts- fofHkUu ukWap ij vksiu gksrk gSa ,oa VsLVhax ds nkSjku dksbZ fVz~fiax ugha vkrh gSabls ------ dgk tkrk gSA(a) Operation B vkWaijs’ku ch (b) Operation O vkWaijs’ku vks (c) TWACVh-MCyw-,-lh-

6. While opening DJ before neutral section,if UA neddle did not come to 0, sound of all auxiliary did notstop and no pilot lamp glows then it indicats –U;qVªy lsDlu ds igys DJ [kqyus ds le; ;fn UA dk fufMy 0 ijuk vk;s ] lHkh vkDtyjh fd vkokt pyrk jgs o dksbZ ik;yV ySEi uk tys arks ;g ladsr gS(a) DJ locked in closed condition.

,oa DJ Dykst voLFkk esa ykd gksus dks(b) No tension in O.H.E. (O.H.E. esa VsU’ku ugha gS)

(c) Q30 defective (Q30 ds [kjkc gksus dk ladsr gS)7. Q118 is having with time lag of 5 seconds Q118 fjys dks 5 lsds.M dk VkbZe ysx fn;k x;k gS(a) For picking up Maximum speed Arno takes 3 to 5 seconds.

vkuksZ dks vf/kdRre xfr izkIr djus ds fy;s 3 ls 5 lsds.M yxrs gSa(b) Because traveling time of GR from one to other notch is 0.5 seconds.

D;ksfd th-vkj- dks ,d ukp ls nqljs ukp tkus esa 0-5 lsds.M dk VkbZe yxrk gS(c) To avoid Arno from the over loading

vkuksZ dks vksOgj yksfMax gksus ls cpkus ds fy;sa8. if CCBA melts on run (DJ is in closed condition) then – pyrh xkMh esa ;fn CCBA esYV gks tk;s ( DJ Dykst voLFkk esa gks )s rks -

(a) DJ will open and after reclosing L.P. will get ICDJ DJ vksiu gks tk;sxk ,oa nqckjk Dykst djus ij ICDJ feysxk

(b) DJ will not open, only BA charging will stop DJ vksiu ugha gksxk ,oa cSVz~h pkftZax can gks tk;sxk

(c) DJ will open in OP “A “ DJ vkijs’ku A esa vksiu gks tk;sxk A

Page 115: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

- 2 -Group B: Write the answers of the following (fuEufyf[kr iz’uks ds mRrj fyf[k;sa) Marks: 12.

1. What is the function of C3W Distributor valve? Where it is provided? If it becomes defective than whattrouble shooting will you perform? C3W Distributor valve dk D;k dke gSa A ;g dgkWa yxk gSa \ ;fn ;g [kjkc gks tk;s arks vki D;k Vz~cy “kqVhax djsaxs

2. What is ICDJ? What are the main probable causes for ICDJ? When Q45 relay will not energies thenwhat trouble shooting will you perform? ICDJ D;k gS \ ICDJ ds lHkh izeq[k laHkkfor dkj.kksa dks fyf[k;sa \ tc Q45 fjys ,ujtkbZt ugha gksxh rks vki D;k Vz~cy‘kqfVax djsaxs \3. If baby compressor is working but RS pressure will not build up then what trouble shooting will youperform?;fn csch daEizslj dk;Z djrk gSa fdUrq vkj ,l esa izs’kj ugha curk rksa vki D;k Vz~cy ‘kqfVax djsaxs \Group C: Write short of the following (fuEufyf[kr ij laf{kIr fVIi.kh fyf[k;s ) Marks: 12.

a. HRAVT. b. BPEMS c. Draw Q118 branch of DJ control circuit d. WAG 5 bogie

Group D: Fill up the blanks (fjDr LFkku Hkfj;s) Marks: 8.

1. When ZPV on ‘4’ position _____ Contactor will open . ZPV dks 4 iksft’ku esa jgus ij ----------------

dUVsDVj [kqy tkrk gSA

2. ET-1 and ET-2 are to protect against _____________________.

ET-1 o ET-2 ____________________________ls lqj{kk nsrk gsaA

3. BA voltage should be ----------volt during No load and ------------ Volt during on load position. BA okasYVst uks yksM voLFkk es --------------------,oa vku yksM voLFkk esa -------------------------------- gksuk pkfg,

4. If ASMGR interlock beomes defective on Q44 branch then DJ will open in OP ----------------;fn ASMGR dk baVjykWad D;w 44 ds ckzap ij [kjkc gks tkrk gS rks vkijs”ku ------------- esa Mh-ts- vksiu gksxkA

5. If -------------------------- fuse will melt than QRS will not energise. -------------------------- Q;wt ds esYV gksus ij QRS ,ujtkbZt ugha gksxk A

6. .Parking brake facility is available to wheel no.…………………… in WAG-9 loco.WAG-9 loco esa ----------------------------------- pDds ij ikfdZax czsd fn;k x;k gSA

7. QCVAR is the relay for ------------------------------- QCVAR --------------------------------- ds fy;s yxkbZ xbZ gsa A

8. When MR becomes -------------Kg/cm2 then Q119 will energise.

Page 116: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

tcMR --------------------- Kg/cm2 gks tkrk gSa rks Q119 ,ujtkbZt gksxk A

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE.BILASPUR. S.E.C.Railway.

SET-I

Exam: Tech (RRB/10/11) Time: 2.00 hrs. Total Marks: 40.Group A: Put tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu’kku yxk;sa) Marks: 8.

1. Constant Speed Control (CSC ) can be activated at any speed abovedkUlVsUV LihM daVz~ksy dk;Z djrk gS tc yksdks fd xfr

(a) 5 Kmph (b) 8 Kmph (c) 3 Kmph

2. In STC based Loco contactor for MVRF is (STC oslM yksdks esa MVRF dk dUVsDVj gksrk gS) (a) C107 (b) C108 (c) provided with No contactor

3. RGEB2 is provided for - RGEB2 yxk;k x;k gSa(a) Air stock train (b) Vac stock train (c) None

,vj LVkWad Vz~su oSD;we LVkWad dksbZ ugha4. If CHBA becomes defective then loco can be worked on BA Voltage up to

;fn CHBA [kjkc gks tk;s rks BA oksYVst ij yksdks dks dk;Z fd;k tk ldrk gSa(a) 4 Hours (b)2 Hours (c) 3 Hours

5. After closing BLVMT if CCA will melt in S.U. thanBLVMT Dykst djus ds ckn;fn CCA Q;wt esYV gksrk gSa(a) Perform trouble shooting of Operation B (vkijs’ku ch fd Vz~cy ‘kqfVax djsaxs)(b) Renew CCA and wedge Q100 in deenergise condition and wedge Max. No. of Contractors. CCA u;k yxk;sxs ,oa Q100 dks fM,ujtkbZt voLFkk esa ost djsxs ,oa vf/ksdre uEcj dkWaVz~sDVj dks ost djsaxs(c) Tripping in Operation 0 (vkijs’ku 0 fd fVz~fiax feysxh)

6.Probable defects of Operation 1 are (Operation 1 ds lHkh laHkkfor dkj.k gSa)(a) MVSL1, MVSL2, MPH, QPH, (b) C105,C106,C107 NOI on Q118 branch. (c) MVSI1, QVSI1, MVSI2, QVSI2, ASMGR interlock on Q44 branch.

7. If C118 will stuck up in open condition,while closing DJ,Loco pilot will get (C118 ;fn vksiu voLFkk esa Qal dj jg tk;s arks yksdks ik;yV dks feysxk )

(a) TWAC (b) Operation-A (c) ICDJ

8. . If Q45 wedged in energise condition and No tension on line will take place then (vxj Q45 dksbujtkbt voLFkk esa ost fd;k x;k gS] No tension on line gksus ij gksxk)

Page 117: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

(a) DJ will trip through Q30 (b) DJ will trip through QCVAR, Q118, Q44, and MTDJ.(c) DJ will trip through safty relays on MTDJ.

Group B: Write the answers of the following (fuEufyf[kr iz”uks ds mRrj fyf[k;sa) Marks: 12.

1. How to make dead to a WAG-7 loco ?WAG-7 yksdks dks dSls MSM fd;k tkrk gS \

2. What is ICDJ? What are the main probable causes for ICDJ? When Contactor C118 will not close thenwhat trouble shooting will you perform? ICDJ D;k gS \ ICDJ ds lHkh izeq[k laHkkfor dkj.kksa dks fyf[k;sa \ tc dUVsDVj C118 Dykst ugha gksxh rks vki D;kVz~cy “kqfVax djsaxs \

- 2 -

3. What are the conditions to be fulfilled to create vaccum? While working a vacuum braked train if trainparting occurs then what indications will be experienced by LP & ALP ? cSD;qe cukus gsrq D;k D;k “krsZ iqjh gksuhpkfg,\ Tkc dksbZ oSD;qe xkMh dk Train parting gks tkrk gS LP &ALP dks D;k D;k vlkekU;rk;sa vuqHkc gksxk \

Group C: Write short notes on the following (fuEufyf[kr ij laf{kIr fVIi.kh fyf[k;s ) Marks: 12.

a. VCD b. EEC c. Draw Q118 branch of DJ control circuit d. RGCP

Group D: Fill up the blanks (fjDr LFkku Hkfj;s) Marks: 8.

1 If H4 is glowing in static converter loco it means

---------------------------------------------------------- ;fn H4 tyrk gSa LVsfVd duoVZj ykskdks esa rks ;g

lwfpr djrk gSa ------------------------------------------------------

2. BLRDJ and BP2DJ both are becomes defective then DJ can be close by ------------------------ BLRDJ,oa BP2DJ nksuks [kjkc gks tkrs gSa rks Mh ts dks Dykst fd;k tkrk gSa ----------------------------------------- ds }kjk

3. If LSBCR is glowing then it indicates to the Loco pilot that -------------------------------------------;fn LSBCR tyrk gSa rks ;g pkyd dks lwfpr djrk gSa fd

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4 Location of MCP safty valves is at-------------------------------------------------------------------------- MCP ds lsQVh okYol fd yksds’ku gksrh gSa--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

5 MCPA can be work up to --------------------------------- minutes.

Page 118: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

MCPA dks --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- feuV rd dk;Z ys ldrs gS A

6 When CTF3 remain on BR position then after keeping MPJ on F --------- pilot lamp will glow. CTF3;fnczsfdx esa jg tk;s rks MPJ dks F esa j[kus ij --------------------------------ik;yV ySEi tysxk A

7. QWC is the relay for--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- QWC fjys ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ds fy;s yxkbZ xbZ gS A

8. .In WAG 9 loco, for charging of BP pressure ………… COC to be kept open. (WAG 9 loco esa BP pressure pkthZax djus gsrq --------- dkd [kqyk gksuk pkfg,A )

a. A 8 COC b. 70 COC

c. 74 COC d. 47 COC

***********

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE.BILASPUR. S.E.C.Railway.

SET-II

Exam: Tech (RRB/10/11) Time: 2.00 hrs. Total Marks: 40.Group A: Put tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu’kku yxk;sa) Marks: 8.1. Secondary suspension vertical damper is provided lsds.Mjh lLisa’ku ofVZdy MaEij yxk gksrk gSa

(a) Axle journal and bogie frame ( ,Dly tujy ,oa cksxh Qzse ds e/; ) (b) Bogie frame and Loco body under frame. (cksxh Qzse ,oa yksdks ckMh dk vMj Qzzse) (c) Nonr of the above (mijksDr es ls dksbZ ugha)

2. While working the train D.J. will open on different notches but while testing there is no tripping duringtesting then it is known as - xkMh dke djrs le; ;fn Mh-ts- fofHkUu ukWap ij vksiu gksrkk gSa ,oa VsLVhax ds nkSjku dksbZ fVz~fiax ugha vkrh gSa bls -

a, Operation B (b) Operation O (c) TWAC

vkWaijs’ku ch vkWaijs’ku vks Vh-MCyw-,-lh-

3. In micro processor loco BPQD is provided for(ek;Djks izksls’kj yksdks esa BPQD fn;k x;k gS D;ksa fd)

Page 119: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

a. To stop the auto regression of GR due to wheel slipping (wheel slipping ds nkSjku autoregression jksdus ds fy,)b. To recharge BP quickly after a brake application(ozsd vIykb djus ds ckn rqjUr fc-fi cukus gsrq)c. To acknowledge vigilance during running (xkMh pyus ds le; vigilance dks lqfuf’pr djus gsrq)

4. . RGEB1 is provided for (RGEB1 yxk;kx;k gSa) RGEB1 yxk;k x;k gSa

(a) Air stock train (b) Vac stock train (c) None ,vjLVkWad Vz~su oSD;we LVkWad dksbZ ugha

5. . Reverse High Voltage in RSI Block will cause (RSI CykWad esa fjoZl gkbZ okasYVst gksus ij gksxk)(a) QRSI will drop (QRSI Mz~kWai gksxk) (b) LSRSI will glow (LSRSI dhcRrh tyus yxsxh) (c) DJ will trip in operation “1” (Mh-ts- vkijs’ku 1 esa [kqytk;sxk)

6. If CCBA melts on run, Loco pilot will get during running;fn CCBA Q;wt esYV gks tk;sxk rks yksdks ik;yV dks feysxk

(a) No Tension on line (uks VsU’ku vku ykbZu) (b) ICDJ(c) No indication (dksbZ ladsr ugha feysxk)

7. While working the train , if LSP glows and auto regression of GR will take place and ammeter No.2 willnot deviate in WAG7 Loco thenxkMh dk;Z djrs le; WAG 7 yksdks esa ;fn LSP tydj th-vkj- dk vkVksfjxzs’ku gks ,oa vehVj ua- 2 Msfo,V ughagksrk gks rks (a) Ignore LSP wedge Q51 in deenergise condition and work the train.( LSP dks tyrk NksMdj Q51 fjys dks,ujtkbZt voLFkk esa ost djds xkMh dk;Z djsaxs )(b) Isolate T.M. No. 4 by keeping HMCS2 on 2 and work the train. (HMCS 2 dks 2 esa j[kdj Vz~s-eks- ua 4 dks

vk;lksysV djds xkMh dk;Z djsaxs )(c) Isolate T.M. No. 3 by keeping HMCS 1 on 4 and work the train.( HMCS 1 dks 4 iksth’ku esa j[kdj Vz~s-eks-u- 3 dks vk;lksysV dj nsaxs )

8 If any Traction Motor is in isolate condition then after keeping MP on P, C145 will (vxj dksbZ TMvk;lksysV fd;k x;k gS]o MP dks P ij j[kus ls C145 ____gksxk)(a) Not close (b) close (c) isolate

Group B: Write the answers of the following (fuEufyf[kr iz”uks ds mRrj fyf[k;sa) Marks: 12.

1. How to make dead to a WAG-7 loco ?WAG-7 yksdks dks dSls MSM fd;k tkrk gS \

2. What is ICDJ? What are the main probable causes for ICDJ? When Contactor C118 will not close thenwhat trouble shooting will you perform?ICDJ D;k gS \ ICDJ ds lHkh izeq[k laHkkfor dkj.kksa dks fyf[k;sa \ tc dUVsDVj C118 Dykst ugha gksxh rks vki D;kVz~cy “kqfVax djsaxs \

Page 120: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

3. What are the conditions to be fulfilled to create vaccum? While working a vacuum braked train if trainparting occurs then what indications will be experienced by LP & ALP ? cSD;qe cukus gsrq D;k D;k “krsZ iqjh gksuhpkfg,\ Tkc dksbZ oSD;qe xkMh dk Train parting gks tkrk gS LP &ALP dks D;k D;k vlkekU;rk;sa vuqHkc gkasxs \Group C: Write short notes of the following (fuEufyf[kr ij laf{kIr fVIi.kh fyf[k;s ) Marks: 12.

a. QCON relay b. DJ locking c. Draw Progression coil branch of GR Prog./regr. control circuit d. Q100 relay

Group D: Fill up the blanks (fjDr LFkku Hkfj;s) Marks: 8.

1. H3 is glowing in static Converter Loco then it indicates ------------------------------------- H3 dk tyuk LVsfVd duoVZj yksdks esa ------------------------------------------------------ n”kZkrk gS A

2. . During RB if more than 1 Kg/cm2 pressure goes to B/cylinder; RB will cut off through -----------vkj-ch ds le; ;fn 1Kg/cm2 ls vf/kd izs’kj tkrk gSa rks vkj-ch- dV vkWaQ gksrk gS]--------------------------------}kjk

3. C107 closes but MVRH is not working, then DJ will open through OP ----------- C107 Dykst gksrk gS fdUrq MVRH dk;Z ugha djrk rks Mh-ts- vksiu gksxkk vkijs’ku -----------esa-

4. Q52 will stuck up in energise condition on 10th notch then LP will get --------------------]10 os ukWap ij Q52 ;fn ,ujtkbZt voLFkk esa LVd vi gks tk;s arks yks-ik- dks feysxk -----------------------------------

5. IF----------------fuse melts then pilot lamp will not glow.

----------------- Q;wt esYV gksus ij ik;yV ySEi ugha tysaxs A

6. .Parking brake facility is available to wheel no.…………………… in WAG-9 loco.WAG-9 loco esa ----------------------------------- pDds ij ikfdZax czsd fn;k x;k gSA

7. . BA voltage should be ----------volt during No load and ------------ Volt during on load position. BAokasYVst uks yksM voLFkk es --------------------------------,oa vku yksM voLFkk esa ------------------------------------------ gksuk pkfg, )

8. In WAG-5 loco, U-1 is connected to Traction Motor______. (WAG-5 loco esa, U-1 VªsDlu eksVj --------------- ds lkFk yxk;k x;k gSA)

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE,USLAPUR.

BATCH-NO-RRB/USL/11/11 P/B TOTAL MARKS-40 TIME-2.00 HRS

Page 121: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

GROUP-A -WRITE ANSWERS OF THE FOLLOWING QUESTION - 4 x 3 = 12 marks

1.What are the items to be checked , when WAG-7/WAG-5 loco taken over charge from pooling point/ loco shed ? ( yksdks “ksM ;k iwyhax iabV ls WAG-7/WAG-5 bWatu pktZ ysus ij D;k D;k vkbVe psd djsaxs \ )

2. How will you energise WAG-9 loco SU & cock position in MU . ( WAG-9 loco dSls butZkbt djsaxs SUc MU es dkd iksth’ku d Sls jgsxk k )

3. What trouble shooting you do if QOA dropped repeatedly ? ( QOA okj okj MzkWi gksus ls D;k Vzoy “kqVhaxdjsaxs \)

GROUP-B. WRITE THE LOCATION AND FUNCTION OF THE FOLLOWING PARTS .— 2x4 = 08 marks

1. Parkiung Brake

2. C-108

3. BPEMS.

4. QCON

GROUP-C. FILL-UP THE BLANKS WITH CORRECT ANSWERS – 1x6= 6 marks

1.WAG7 Loco continuous current ratting is - ---------------------------------- , WAG 7 Loco yxkrkj djaV jsVhax gksrh gSa

2.During RB more than 1 Kg/cm2 pressure goes to B/cylinder; RB will cut off through -----------------(vkjchds le; ;fn ozsd lhyfUMj es 1Kg/cm2 ls vf/kd izs’kj tkrk gSa rks vkj-ch- dV vkWaQ gksrkgS]-------------------}kjk )

3. After wedging C107, DJ will close by the manual operation of --------------------------------- C107dks ost djus ds mijkar Mh-ts-dks -------------------- ds esuqoyvkijs’ku }kjk Dykst fd;k tkrk gSaA

4. If Q-CON relay not energise ,then ---------------- will not extinguish ,and ------------------ will notstart .( Q-CON relay butZkbt ughW gksus ls ---------------------------ysai ughW oq>sxk c ---------------------------------------- vkDthykjhLVkVZ ughW gksxk k )

(5) LSSIT glows means ---------------------- will energise and -----------------------lamp may glow .(LSSIT tyk eryo --------------jhys butZkbt gqvk vkSj blds lkFk --------------------------------ysai ty ldrk gS k )

6. WAG-7 es--------------------- type traction motor c WAG-9 es --------------------------- T YPE

T RACT ION MOT OR yxk;k x;k gS k

Page 122: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

GROUP-D PUT TICK MARKS ON CORRECT ANSWERS - 1x6 =6 marks

1. If GR is stuck up in between notch then DJ will open through (;fn th-vkj- fcVfou ukp esa Ql tk;s rks Mh-ts- vksiu gksxk ) a. Q118. b. Q45 c. Q44

2. . Q48 relay will energies when (Q48 fjys ,ujtkbZt gksxh ;fn) a. Q51 energies b. QD energies c. Q52 energies

3. Probable defects of Operation 1 are (Operation 1 ds lHkh laHkkfor dkj.k gSa) (a) MVSL1, MVSL2, MPH, QPH, (b) C105, C106, C107 NOI on Q118 branch. (c) MVSI1, QVSI1, MVSI2, QVSI2, ASMGR interlock on Q44 branch.

4. If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by ( ;fn BLRDJ [kjkc gks tk;s arks Mh-ts- dks Dykst fd;k tkldrk gSa (a)Q118. (b). Q44 (c) BP2DJ

5.If CHBA becomes defective ,then loco can be works with battery voltage up to -(a) 4 Hours (b)2 Hours (c) 3 Hours

6. If QRS will de energise then Electrical VEFwill (;fnQRS fM ,ujtkbZt gksxk rks bysDVz~hdy Ogh-bZ-,Q- gksxk)

(a) Permanent Energise (ijeusUV ,ujtkbZt)(b) Permanent De energise (ijeusUVMh,ujtkbZt) (c) Isolate (vkblksysV)

GROUP-E . WRITE THE ANSWERS OF THE FOLLOWING QUESTION – 4x2=8 marks

1. What trouble shoot you will do in case of GR progressing but both ammeter not deviate in WAG-7Loco? ( WAG-7 Loco es vxj GR izksxz’k gks jgkgS ysdhu ammeter MsHkh,V ugfW gksjgk gS rks D;k djsaxz k

2. Draw the Blower circuit of static loco . LVsfVd yksdks dk Blower lfdZV [khafp;s \

Page 123: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE.USLAPUR. S.E.C.Railway.

SET-3

Exam: SWR (RRB/04 &05/11) Time: 2.00 hrs. Total Marks: 40.

Group A: Put tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu”kku yxk;sa) Marks: 7

1. If the Relief engine failed in the Block Section then protection in rear will be ______________ ;fn lgk;rk yksdks Cykd lsD’ku esa Qsy gks tkrk gS rks mlds fiNs dk cpko gksxk __________________a. 90 M,90M, 10 M, 45 M with red hand signal (yky gFk flxuy ds lkFk)

b. 250 M , 250 M , 10 M , 45 M with red hand signal (yky gFk flxuy ds lkFk)c. 600 M , 600 M, 10 M , 10 M , 45 M with red hand signal (yky gFk flxuy ds lkFk)

2. When Repeating signal is taken off it indicates to Loco pilot that tc fjihVhax flxuy dks vkWaQ fd;k tkrk gSa rks ;g pkyd dks lwfpr djrk gSa fda. Signal which it repeats is at “on” (flxuy ftls og fjihV dj jgk gSa og vkWau gSa )b. Signal which it repeats is at “off” (flxuy ftls og fjihV dj jgk gSa og vkWaQ gSaa)c. Signal which it repeats showing green aspect (flxuy ftls og fjihV dj jgk gSa og xzhu vlisDV gSa )

3. Normal aspect of inner distant signal is - buj fMLVaV flxuy dk ukeZy vklisDV gksrk gS

a. Caution (lrZd) b. Attention (lko/kku) c. Proceed (vkxs c<ks)

4. In case of temporary single line working introduce in double line section than Loco Pilot will get McyykbZu ds lsD’ku esa flaxy ykbZu ofdZax ykxw gksus ij yksdks ik;yV dks vFkkfjfV nh tk;sxh

a. T/D 602 b. T/A 602 c.None

5. The Visibility distance for multiple aspect colour light signals are eYVhiy vkLisDV dyj ykbZV flxuyl fd n”̀;rk nwjh gksrh gSa

a. 400 Meter b. 5 Second Visible with Max. Per. Speed c. 200 Meters

6. When UP train is require to back on the down line then authority istc vi Vz~su dks Mkmu ykbZu ij cSd djuk gks rks vFkkfjfV feysaxh

a. T/806 with P.V.N0. of Block Back /Block Forward if require T/806 ij Cykd cSd;k Cykd QkjoM ds izkbZosV ua- ds lkFk ;fn vko’;d gks rks b. T/ 509

c. T/A 602 with P.V. No. (T/A 602 izkbZosV ua- ds lkFk)

7. The speed restriction which will imposed for the short time is known asLihM fjLVz~hd’ku tks FkksMs le; ds fy;as ykxw fd;k tkrk gS mls dgrs gSa

a. Parmanent Engg. Speed Restriction. (ijeusaUV bthfu;fjax LihM fjLVz~hd’ku)b. Semipermanent Engg. Speed Restriction (lseh ijeusaUV bthfu;fjax LihM fjLVz~hd’ku)c. Temporary Engg. Speed Restriction. (VsEijjh bthfu;fjax LihM fjLVz~hd’ku)

Page 124: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

Group B: Fill up the blanks (fjDr LFkku Hkfj;s) Marks: 5.

1. When A class O.D.C. is attached to the train then speed is ------------------------------------ Kmph. tc xkMh ds lkFk , Dykl vks-Mh-lh- tqMh gks rks LihM -------------------Kmph gksxh.

2. While passing any train through from the level crossing gate the position of the gate man during day shallbe----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------tc dksbZ xkMh fdlh ysoy dzkflax xsV ls Fkzw ikl gks jgh gks rc fnu ds le; xsV esu fd LFkhfr gksukpkfg;s------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. T/F 602 is given for------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- T/F 602 fn;k tkrk gaS ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ds fy;s A

4. Speed of the second train running with T/D 602 during TSL working is ------------------- Kmph. T/D602 ysdj pyus okyh nwljh xkMh fd xfr TSL ofdZax ds nkSjku ------------------------------------------------------------- KMPH gksrh gS

5. If Gd not exchange signal than whistle code is ----------------------------xkMZ }kjk flxuy ,Dlpsat ugha djus ij Oghfly dksM gSa ---------------------------------------------------------

Group C: Write the ansers of the following questions. Marks: 16.

fuEufyf[kr iz’uks ds mRrj fyf[k;sa

Group D: Write the ansers of the following questions. Marks: 8.

fuEufyf[kr iz’uks ds mRrj fyf[k;sa

a. T/ 609 b. Caution order c. Sand hump d. Golden hourGroup E: Marks:4.

ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE.USLAPUR. S.E.C.Railway.

SET-4

Exam: SWR (RRB/04&05/11) Time: 2.00 hrs. Total Marks: 40.

Group A: Put tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu’kku yxk;sa) Marks: 7.

1. At the B Class Station in MOMA signalling where the first point is trailing point or where there is no point one board is provided is name as MOMA flxufyax ds ch Dykl LVs’ku ij tgkWa igyk ikbZV Vz~sfyax ikbZaV gks ;k tgkWa ij ikbZaV u gks ogkWa ,d cksMZ yxk;k

tkrk gSa mls dgrs gSa a. BSLB b. SLB c. Caution Board

Page 125: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

2. The signal which is placed below any stop signal except last stop signal is known as – ,Slkflxuy ftls vafre jksd flxuy ds uhps NksMdj fdlh Hkh jksd flxuy ds uhps yxk;k tk ldrk gSa mls dgrs gS

a. Calling on signal b. shunt signal c. Repeating signal 3. Types of shunt signals are (‘kaV flxuy ds izdkj gksrs gSa)

a. 3 types b. 2 types c. 4 types 4. Leading cab becomes defective then the train can be workedfrom the rear cab with the speed of (fyfMaax dSc [kjkc gksus ij fiNys dSc ls xkMh dks pyk;k tkrk gS] ml oDr xkMh dh LihM gksrh gS )

a. 40 Kmph. b. 25 Kmph c. 10 Kmph

5. In case of transient tripping of O.H.E. the Loco Pilot shallvkas- ,p- bZ- esa Vz~kaftV fVz~fiax (:d :d dj) gksus ij] yksdks ik;yV dks djuk pkfg, a. Resume normal traction and keep a sharp look out to the O.H.E.of self line and adjacent line/lines andinform to the Guard on Walkie Talkie.ukeZy Bz~sD’ku fjtqE; djds viuh ykbZu ,oa cktw okyh ykbZu A ykbZuksa dh vks-,p-bZ- ij lrZd fuxkg j[kdj xkMZ dks okfdVkfd ls lwfpr djsxk b. Resume the Normal Traction without taking any precaution. cxSj fdlh lko/kkuh ds ukeZy VzsD’ku fjtqE; djsxk A c. Switch on Flasher Light and control the speed of the train up to 60 KMPH.Qys’j ykbZV tykdj] xkMh fd xfr dks 60 fd-eh-iz- ?ka- rd fu;af=r djsxk A

6. The adequate distance kept beyond the Home signal is known as (gkse flxuy ds vkxs tks laj{kk nwjh j[khtkrh gS mls dgrs gS) a. Block Overlap (Cykd vksoj ysi) b.Signal Overlap (flxuy vksoj ysi) c. Sighting distance (n’̀;rk nwjh) 7. In case of temporary single line working introduce in double line section than Loco Pilot will get McyykbZu ds lsD’ku esa flaxy ykbZu ofdZax ykxw gksus ij yksdks ik;yV dks vFkkfjfV nh tk;sxh

a. T/D 602 b. T/A 602 c.None

Group B: Write the ansers of the following questions. Marks: 16. fuEufyf[kr iz’uks ds mRrj fyf[k;sa

Group C: Fill up the blanks (fjDr LFkku Hkfj;s) Marks: 5.

1. When distant siganal combined with last stop signal and when it is taken off it work as --- ------------ Signal. tc fMLVaV flxuy dks vafre jksd flxuy ds lkFk tksMk tkrk gSa ,oa ;fn flxuy vkQ gS rks ;g------------------------------ flxuy fd rjg dk;Z dj jgk gS A

2. Identification Mrak for Repeating Signal in MACLS signalling is --------------------------------------- MACLS flaxufyax O;oLFkk esa fjfifVax flxuy dk igpku fpUg gksrk gS -------------------------------------------

3. In case of Train dividing the authority given to the Loco pilot by the Guard is ----------------------- Vz~su fMokbZfMax ds le; xkMZ }kjk yksdks ik;yV dks -------------------------------------------- vFkkfjfV fn tkrh gS A

Page 126: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

4. When more than one shunt signals are provided in a same post then the top most shunt signal is applyfor----------------------------------------------- line .tc ,d [kaHks ij ,d ls T;knk ‘kaV flxuyks dks yxk;k tkrk gS rks lcls mij dk ‘kaV flxuy--------------------------------------------- ykbZu ds fy;s ykxw gksrk gS A

5. Trap indicator is having two aspects ------------------------- and ----------------------------Vz~si bafMdsVj ds nks vkLisDV gksrs gS -------------------------- ,oa -------------------------------

GroupD: Write short of the following (fuEufyf[kr ij laf{kIr fVI i.kh fyf[k;) Marks: 8.

a. ARME & ART. b. T/369(3b) c. W & W/L board. d. B class ODC

GroupE: Marks: 4.

SET-1ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR.

Exam: Tech (DP) Time: 2.00 hrs. Total marks: 40.

Page 127: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

Group A: Answer the following questions (fuEufyf[kr i z’uk s ds mRrj fyf[k; s) Marks:12.

1. What is Reduction of tractive effort ? Discuss in detail with trouble shooting.fjMDlu vkQ VªsfDVo ,QVZ ls vki D;k le>rs gS \ Vªoy “kqfVsx ds lkFk foLrkj ls le>k;sa \

2. In static convertor based loco which equipments are provided in place of Arno based loco.Write theirname, location & purpose. If Q-CON did not energise how would you troubleshoot ? (LVsfVd duZoZVj yksdksesa dkSu dkSu lh midj.ksa yxk gqvk gS tks vkuksZ okys yksdks esa ugha feyrs gSa \ mu lHkh midj.kksa ds uke]LFkku o m}s”;fy[ksaA vxj Q-CON bujtkbt ughs gks jgk gS vki dSls Vªoy “kqfVsx djsaxs \ )

3. What are the protection systems are provided in 3 phase loco ? Write in detail .3 Qst yksdks esa D;k D;k lqj{kk midj.kksa fn;k x;k gS\ foLrkj ls ppZk djsa A

Group B: Write trouble shooting on the following situtations Marks: 4½. fuEu fLFkfr;ksa ij dSls nks’k fupkj.k djsaxs \

a. Panto not raising b. LSCHBA glows on run c. Loco brakes are not releasing

Group C: Write the short notes of the following questions Marks: 4. fuEu ij laf{kIr fVIi.kh fyf[k;s

A. VCD B. BPSW

Group D: Draw a neat diagram of DJ control circuit of Static convertor based loco.

LVsfVd duZoZVj yksdks esa fn;k x;k DJ control circuit dk LoPN js[kkfp= cukbZ;s A Marks:3½.

Group E: Fill up the blanks (fjDr LFkku Hkfj;s) Marks: 10.

1. The function of relay QE is ……………………………………………………………………. QE fjys dk dke D;k -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------gS

2. Speedometer transmitter is provided on the wheel no --------------------------------- in WAG9 Loco. LihMksehVj Vz~kalehVj WAG9 yksdks esa pDdk ua ---------------------------------------------

ij yxk gksrk gS

3. P2 contact closes if charging pressure drops to --------------------------------------------------Kg/cm2 P2 dk dkWaVsDV Dykst gksrk Gs ;fn pkftZax izs’kj MzkWai gksrk gSa -------------------------------------------------- Kg/cm2

4. If short circuiting will take place in L2 then ---------------------------------------------- fuse will melt. L2 eaas ‘kkVZ lfdZV gksus ij ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Q;wt esYV gksxk A

Page 128: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

5. If H4 is glowing in static converter loco it means

---------------------------------------------------------- ;fn H4 tyrk gSa LVsfVd duoVZj ykskdks esa rks ;g

lwfpr djrk gSa ------------------------------------------------------

6. The normal position of QFL is-------------------------------------------------------------------------------QFL fjys fd lkekU; iksth’ku gksrh gSa -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

7. If Q30 interlock beomes defective on Q44 branch then DJ will open in OP ---------------------------;fn Q30 dk baVjykWad D;w 44 ds ckzap ij [kjkc gks tkrk gS rks Mh-ts- vksiu gksxk

-------------------------------------------------------------------------

8. If main unit will not work in Micro processor Loco then Dr. will check the fuses -------------------- ;fn ekbdzks izkslslj yksdks esa esu ;wfuV dke djuk can dj ns rks pkyd dks Q;wtsl psd djuk pkfg, ---------------------

9. BLRDJ and BP2DJ both are becomes defective then DJ can be close by ------------------------ BLRDJ,oa BP2DJ nksuks [kjkc gks tkrs gSa rks Mh ts dks Dykst fd;k tkrk gSa ----------------------------------------- ds }kjk

10. If -------------------------------------------------------------- fuse will met then QRS will notenergise.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Q;wt esaYV gksus ij QRS ,ujtkbZt ugha gksrh gSa A

Group F: Put tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu”kku yxkbZ;s)Marks: 6.

1. If panto touches the contact wire and ZPT on “1”and BLDJ becomes temporary defective then Locopilot will get -

;fn isUVksa dkWaVsDV okWa;j dks Vp djrk gSa ,oa ZPT “1” ij gSa ,oa BLDJ VsEijjh fMQsfDVo gSpkyd dks feysxk(

a. ICDJ. b. No tension on line c. TWACvkbZ-lh-Mh-ts- uks VsaU’ku vkWau ykbZu fV-MCyw-,-lh-

2. WAG5 HA Loco continuous current ratting is -

WAG 5 HA Loco yxkrkj djaV jsVhax gksrh gSa a. 900 Amps and 750 Volt b. 750 Amps and 650 volt c.325 volt and 600 Amps.

3. When smoke emission will come from SL1 then Loco pilot will get _ tc SL1 ls /kqvka fudsysxk rks pkyd dks feysxk a. GR progressing but Ammeters are not deviating (GR izksxzsl gksxk ysfdu vehVj Msfo,V ugha gksxk )

b. QOP1 will drop (QOP 1 Mz~ki gksxk) c. QOA will drop (QOA Mz~ki gksxk)

4. While making WAG 5 Loco dead, J1 and J2 are kept on the neutral position because _ tc WAG5 yksdks dks MsM fd;k tkrk gSa rks J1 rFkk J2 dks U;wVz~y iksth’ku eas j[kk tkrk gSa D;ksafd –

a. To avoid sleeped pinion in the Traction Motor (Vz~sD’ku eksVj dks Lyhi fifu;u gksus ls cpkus ds fy;s)

Page 129: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

b. To avoid wheel slipping in the loco. (Ykksdks dks Oghy Lyhi gksus ls cpkus ds fy;s ( Ykksdks dks Oghy Lyhi gksus lscpkus ds fy;s )c. When the dead loco will attach with any train then while on run Armature coil of Traction Motor willrotate and if J1 and J2 will not keep on the neutral position then generated current will flow in the circuit andcircuit may damage. (tc MsM yksdks dks xkMh esa tksMdj pyk;k tk;sxk rks Vz~sD’ku eksVj fd vkesZpj dk;y ds /kqeus dsdkj.k lfdZV esa mRiUu djaV ds izokfgr gksus dh laHkkouk jgrh gSa ,oa blls lfdZV ds uqdlku fd laHkkouk jgrh gSa)

5. If CCBA is melt on run Loco pilot will get at the time of DJ closing;fn CCBA Q;wt esYV gks tk;sxk rks Mh ts Dykst djrs le; yksdks ik;yV dks feysxk

a. No Tension on line (uks VsU’ku vku ykbZu) b. ICDJ c. DJ Locking (DJ ykfdax)

6. Reverse High Voltage in RSI Block will cause (RSI CykWad esa fjoZl gkbZ okasYVst gksus ij gksxk)(a) QRSI will drop (QRSI Mz~kWai gksxk) (b) LSRSI will glow (LSRSI dh cRrh tyus yxsxh) (c) DJ will trip in operation “1” (Mh-ts- vkijs’ku 1 esa [kqy tk;sx)

SET-2ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR.

Exam: Tech (DP) Time: 2.00 hrs. Total marks: 40.

Group A: Answer the following questions (fuEufyf[kr i z’uk s ds mRrj fyf[k; s) Marks:12.

1. What is Reduction of tractive effort ? Discuss in detail with trouble shooting.fjMDlu vkQ VªsfDVo ,QVZ ls vki D;k le>rs gS \ Vªoy “kqfVsx ds lkFk foLrkj ls le>k;sa \

2. In static convertor based loco which equipments are provided in place of Arno based loco.Write theirname, location & purpose. If Q-CON did not energise how would you troubleshoot ? (LVsfVd duZoZVj yksdksesa dkSu dkSu lh midj.ksa yxk gqvk gS tks vkuksZ okys yksdks esa ugha feyrs gSa \ mu lHkh midj.kksa ds uke]LFkku o m}s”;fy[ksaA vxj Q-CON bujtkbt ughs gks jgk gS vki dSls Vªoy “kqfVsx djsaxs \ )

3. What are the protection systems are provided in 3 phase loco ? Write in detail . 3 Qst yksdks esa D;k D;k lqj{kk midj.kksa fn;k x;k gS\ foLrkj ls ppZk djsa A

Group B: Write trouble shooting on the following situtations Marks: 4½. fuEu fLFkfr;ksa ij dSls nks’k fupkj.k djsaxs \

a. Panto not raising b. LSCHBA glows on run c. Loco brakes are not releasing

Group C: Write the short notes of the following questions Marks: 4. fuEu ij laf{kIr fVIi.kh fyf[k;s

Page 130: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

A. VCD B. BPSW

Group D: Draw a neat diagram of DJ control circuit of Static convertor based loco.

LVsfVd duZoZVj yksdks esa fn;k x;k DJ control circuit dk LoPN js[kkfp= cukbZ;s A Marks:3½.

Group D: Fill up the blanks (fjDr LFkku Hkfj;s) Marks: 10

1. In WAG9 loco if the Loco Status is showing “91 “it indicates---------------------------------------;fn yksdks dk LVsVl 91 gS rks ;g lqfpr djrk gS

---------------------------------------------------------

2. Speedometer transmitter is provided on the wheel no ---------------------------------- in WAG9 Loco.

LihMksehVj Vz~kalehVj WAG9 yksdks esa pDdk ua ------------------------------------------ ij yxk gksrk gS

3. On pressing SW1/SW2 the relay --------------------------- will energise. SW1/SW2 izsl djus ds ckn fjys --------------------------------------------------------- ,uZtkbl gksxk

4. HSIV is a ……………………………………………………………………………………….. HSIV dk dke--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------gSA

5. If short circuiting will take place in L4 then ------------------- fuse will melt. L4 eaas “kkVZ lfdZV gksus ij ------------------------------------------------ Q;wt esYV gksxk A

6. On putting A9 on emergency position the relay ……………………….. will energise. (;fnA9 dks beZtsalh iksft”ku ij dkSu lk fjys ,uZtkbl gksxk ------------------------------------------------------------------

7. The function of relay QE is ……………………………………………………………………. QE fjys dk dke D;k -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------gS

- 2 -

Group C: Put tick mark on correct answer (lgh mRrj ij fu’kku yxkbZ;) Marks:6

1. In WAG9 loco, Constant Speed Control (CSC) can be activated at any speed abovedkUlVsUV LihM (WAG9)daVz~ksy dk;Z djrk gS tc yksdks fd xfr

a. 5 Kmph b. 8 Kmph c. 3 Kmph

2. Time lag for QTD 101 is (QTD 101 dk VkbZe ykWx fdruk gS) a. 4 seconds b. 5 seconds c. 6 seconds.

3. The rating of CCCPU (MEDHA) is

CCCPU (MEDHA) fdrus ,Eil dk Q;wt+ gSA

Page 131: ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE - South East … · ELECTRIC LOCO TRAINING CENTRE. USLAPUR. S.E.C ... If BLRDJ becomes defective then close DJ by;fn BLRDJ ... Over current in the circuit

ELTC USL

a. 6 amps b. 4 amps c. 2 amps.

4. If GR is stuck up in between notch then DJ will open through ;fn th-vkj- fcVfou ukp esa Ql tk;s rks Mh-ts- vksiu gksxk ------- ds }kjk

a. Q44 b. Q45 c. Q118-

5. Arno fails to pick up the full speed then loco pilot will get the tripping in – Arno ;fn Qqy LihM ugh fidvi djrk gSa rks yksdks ik;yV dks fVz~fiax feysxk

a. Operation B b. Operation O c.Operation A

6. Q48 relay will energise when (Q48 fjys,ujtkbZt gksxh ;fn) a. QD will energies b. Q51 will energies c.Q52will energies

7. Short circuiting in L3 will cause (L3 esa ‘kkVZ lfdZV gksus ij gksxk)a. CCPT will melt (CCPT Q;wt esYV gksxk)b. CCA will melt (CCA Q;wt esYV gksxk)c. CCBA will melt (CCBA Q;wt esYV gksxk)